<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<!-- generator="ThemeXpert" -->
<?xml-stylesheet href="https://www.themexpert.com/media/quixnxt/css/quix-core.css?ver=4.5.4" type="text/css"?>
<feed xmlns="https://www.w3.org/2005/Atom"  xml:lang="en-gb">
	<title type="text">WordPress &amp; Joomla Documentation - ThemeXpert</title>
	<subtitle type="text">ThemeXpert: Joomla's oldest and most trusted template and extension club since 2010 with the best page builder, Quix.</subtitle>
	<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.themexpert.com"/>
	<id>https://www.themexpert.com/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo</id>
	<updated>2024-08-09T15:34:23+06:00</updated>
	<author>
		<name>ThemeXpert</name>
		<email>support@themexpert.com</email>
	</author>
	<generator>ThemeXpert</generator>
	<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://www.themexpert.com/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo?format=feed&amp;type=atom"/>
	<entry>
		<title>Part 2</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.themexpert.com/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo/part2"/>
		<published>2018-11-06T15:47:43+06:00</published>
		<updated>2018-11-06T15:47:43+06:00</updated>
		<id>https://www.themexpert.com/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo/part2</id>
		<author>
			<name>Parvez Akther</name>
			<email>parvez@themexpert.com</email>
		</author>
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Setting Up Megamenu&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Megamenu comes built-in with Edumodo wordpress education theme. To use mega menu&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to Edumodo Options.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Menu&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Now, enable mega menu and click on save changes. Mega menu is now activated.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Without Enabling the mega menu, you cannot use any functionality of it.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Now go to &lt;code&gt;Appearance &amp;gt; Menus&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Move the menu item right for which you want to enable megamenu.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Tick on &lt;strong&gt;Enable megamenu&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/megamenu1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Edumodo&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Set the megamenu column grid size. (Grid size is a total of 12 columns, if you set column size to 4, there will be a total of 3 columns show in your megamenu.[size 4*3 columns = 12 grid])&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;If you want to enable Mega menu heading, tick on &lt;strong&gt;Enable Mega menu heading&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;If you want to show any fontawesome icon with your menu heading, just paste the fontawesome icon name at the field named &lt;strong&gt;Fontawesome Icon&lt;/strong&gt;. You can copy the fontawesome icon code from this link. &lt;a href=&quot;https://fontawesome.com/v4.7.0/icons/&quot;&gt;https://fontawesome.com/v4.7.0/icons/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;(For example if you want to put icon named &lt;strong&gt;facebook&lt;/strong&gt; in your megamenu heading, write &lt;strong&gt;fa fa-facebook&lt;/strong&gt;[at here you must write &lt;strong&gt;fa fa-&lt;/strong&gt; before any icone])&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;If you want to show any widgets in your megamenu, just select the widget area and that widgets will be visible on the mega menu.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Setting Up Multilingual site&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To make your site multilingual, we prefer you use one of this plugins 1. WPML &amp;amp; 2. GTranslate. Just install and activate any of this plugins and make your site multilingual in general way.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Setting up RTL&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Edumodo education WordPress theme comes with RTL support. Before you start developing rtl layout,&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Download and install WPML or GTranslate (you can use any multilingual plugin).&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Activate it and after activating the plugin generate a link for your rtl layouts site.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Copy links and go to `Edumodo Optoins &amp;gt; General Setting &amp;gt; RTL&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/rtl_setting1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Event&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Enable RTL option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Paste the links to URL1 and URL2 and type the name of languages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select your language that you want to show by default.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Save Changes.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Now you can develop your rtl site with ease. In RTL you must use one of this headers below, or else your header will not work properly. &lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/rtlheader.png&quot; alt=&quot;Event&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;LMS: Learning Management System&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Edumodo WordPress LMS theme comes with support for 3 most popular lms’s. These lms are - learnpress, sensei, and learndash.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can use this theme with or without LMS functionality, it's totally up to you. TX courses will allow you to enjoy the full functionality of an LMS.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;LearnPress LMS&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;At here we are using plugin LearnPress for LMS functionalities. You can check the plugin tutorials and documentation from the official website of plugin.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Plugin Link: &lt;a href=&quot;https://wordpress.org/plugins/learnpress/&quot;&gt;https://wordpress.org/plugins/learnpress/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Official LearnPress Documentation Link: &lt;a href=&quot;https://docs.thimpress.com/learnpress/&quot;&gt;https://docs.thimpress.com/learnpress/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Recommended Plugins: &lt;a href=&quot;https://thimpress.com/product/learnpress-add-ons-bundle/&quot;&gt;https://thimpress.com/product/learnpress-add-ons-bundle/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Sensei LMS&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;At here we are using plugin Sensei for LMS functionalities. You can check the plugin tutorials and documentation from the official website of plugin.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;iframe width=&quot;790&quot; height=&quot;500&quot; src=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/embed/zXlrY5z-eAw&quot; frameborder=&quot;0&quot; allow=&quot;accelerometer; autoplay; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture&quot; allowfullscreen=&quot;&quot;&gt;&lt;/iframe&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Plugin Link: &lt;a href=&quot;https://woocommerce.com/products/sensei/&quot;&gt;https://woocommerce.com/products/sensei/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;You can also download sensei LMS from here : &lt;a href=&quot;https://github.com/Automattic/sensei&quot;&gt;https://github.com/Automattic/sensei&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Official Sensei Documentation Link: &lt;a href=&quot;https://senseilms.com/documentation/&quot;&gt;https://senseilms.com/documentation/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;LearnDash LMS&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;At here we are using plugin LearnDash for LMS functionalities. You can check the plugin tutorials and documentation from the official website of plugin.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;iframe width=&quot;790&quot; height=&quot;500&quot; src=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/embed/Cl4h6fCSKUw&quot; frameborder=&quot;0&quot; allow=&quot;accelerometer; autoplay; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture&quot; allowfullscreen=&quot;&quot;&gt;&lt;/iframe&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Plugin Link: &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.learndash.com/pricing-and-purchase/&quot;&gt;https://www.learndash.com/pricing-and-purchase/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Official LearnPress tutorials Link: &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.learndash.com/category/learndash-tips/&quot;&gt;https://www.learndash.com/category/learndash-tips/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;How To's&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Setup Homepage&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Settings &amp;gt; Reading&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select &lt;em&gt;A Static page&lt;/em&gt; on &lt;em&gt;Front page displays&lt;/em&gt; option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Choose your preferred home variation from the &lt;em&gt;Front-page&lt;/em&gt; drop-down menu.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select &lt;strong&gt;Blog&lt;/strong&gt; from the &lt;em&gt;Post page&lt;/em&gt; drop-down menu.(optional)&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/readingsettingg.png&quot; alt=&quot;Homepage Setup&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Use the left-bottom &lt;strong&gt;Save Changes&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Import Edumodo Contact Forms with WPForms&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Check this video tutorial for importing edumodo contact forms with WPForms.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;iframe width=&quot;790&quot; height=&quot;500&quot; src=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/embed/WivIn-v3ix4&quot; frameborder=&quot;0&quot; allow=&quot;accelerometer; autoplay; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture&quot; allowfullscreen=&quot;&quot;&gt;&lt;/iframe&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Create Amazing Sliders with Slider Pro Element&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If you do not know much use of slider pro element check this video out, and add amazing sliders to your site.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;iframe width=&quot;790&quot; height=&quot;500&quot; src=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/embed/fw9iSoVzgAU&quot; frameborder=&quot;0&quot; allow=&quot;accelerometer; autoplay; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture&quot; allowfullscreen=&quot;&quot;&gt;&lt;/iframe&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Elements&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can simply add an element on a page. All you need to do, just drag the element you want to add and drop it in a page then customize its setting as your preferences. You will have plenty of default elements to add or you can add our developed elements those are only for &lt;em&gt;Edumodo&lt;/em&gt; theme from the &lt;strong&gt;Edumodo Elements&lt;/strong&gt; tab on the elementor.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/elementss.png&quot; alt=&quot;Elements&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Elementor&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Elementor is the one of the best Drag and Drop visual editor for building pages, posts etc. in a WordPress site. If you are not familiar with Elementor, we recommend you to take a look at the following videos:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Getting Started with Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;: &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=3B5HL11uhVE&quot; title=&quot;Getting Started with Elementor&quot;&gt;Getting Started With Elementor - YouTube&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Sections &amp;amp; Columns Part 1&lt;/strong&gt; : &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=joWTUN77hnA&quot;&gt;Learn How to Build Your Page Layout on Elementor&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Sections &amp;amp; Columns Part 2&lt;/strong&gt; : &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=HkD_Lx-DGn4&quot;&gt;Style Options for Sections and Columns&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Sections &amp;amp; Columns Part 3&lt;/strong&gt; : &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_gkTfyjG38g&quot;&gt;Padding, Margin, Responsive and Other Settings in the Advanced Tab&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under &lt;a href=&quot;https://docs.elementor.com/&quot;&gt;https://docs.elementor.com/&lt;/a&gt; you can find see the complete documentation of elementor page builder.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;IMPORTANT&lt;/strong&gt;: You have to disable &lt;strong&gt;Disable Global Colors&lt;/strong&gt; and &lt;strong&gt;Disable Global Fonts&lt;/strong&gt; options from &lt;code&gt;Elementor&amp;gt; General&lt;/code&gt; in order get your custom styles worked on any elements.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Our theme specific elements can be found in &lt;strong&gt;Edumodo&lt;/strong&gt; tab under Elementor.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Edumodo Slider&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/edumodoslider.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;Slider&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Edumodo Slider&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Edumodo Slider&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;EDUMODO ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; area and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customize the settings how you prefer and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the pages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/eduslidcon.png&quot; alt=&quot;Slider&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;ADD ITEM&lt;/strong&gt; : This button allows you to create new slider items. Having created an item, just by a single mouse click- there are a couple of options will appear below this.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Slider Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the slider title here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title Animation&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose an animation for the title text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Upload Slider Image&lt;/strong&gt; : This upload button lets you upload image for the current slider item.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Slider Description&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the description text here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content Animation&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose an animation effect for the content text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button Text&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the button text here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button Link&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the corresponding button URL here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button Animation&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose an animation effect for the button.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/eduslidstyle.png&quot; alt=&quot;Slider&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content Options&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize the content options according to your need. You can customize typography, spacing, margin and so on.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button Options&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize the button options as you want. This includes Button text, color, border, text size and so on.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Control Options&lt;/strong&gt; : This includes slider speed, background repetition, size and so on.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/eduslidadv.png&quot; alt=&quot;Slider&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Element Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Control margin, padding, z-index, entrance animation and add additional id or class to apply your custom design to an element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Control element background color, hover style and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply your custom border style configuring different options from this tab.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Responsive&lt;/strong&gt; : Control making this element to appear on various devices.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Edumodo Slider Pro&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/edumodosliderpro.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;Slider&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Edumodo Slider Pro&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Edumodo Slider Pro&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;EDUMODO ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; area and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customize the settings how you prefer and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the pages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/eduslidprocon.png&quot; alt=&quot;Slider&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt; Under Slide you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;ADD ITEM&lt;/strong&gt; : This button allows you to create new slider items. Having created an item, just by a single mouse click- there are a couple of options will appear below this.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Slider Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the slider title here.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title Animation&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose an animation for the title text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Upload Slider Image&lt;/strong&gt; : This upload button lets you upload image for the current slider item.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Slider Description&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the description text here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content Animation&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose an animation effect for the content text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button Text&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the button text here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button Link&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the corresponding button URL here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button Animation&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose an animation effect for the button.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Global Options you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Slider Height&lt;/strong&gt;: Define the height of the slider from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Caption Position&lt;/strong&gt; : Define caption for slider from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content Alignment&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the layout for your content from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Slider Interval&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the interval time between sliders.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background Overlay&lt;/strong&gt; : Select the background overlay for slider from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background Repeat&lt;/strong&gt; : Define if you want to repeat background.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background Size&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the background size from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background Position&lt;/strong&gt; : Select the background position from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background Attachment&lt;/strong&gt; : Two background option available - inherit &amp;amp; fixed.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Nav Options you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Nav Enable/Disable&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to enable or disable nav options.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Arrow Enable/Disable&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle this option to enable or disable arrows.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Nav &amp;amp; Arrow Icon Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the nav &amp;amp; arrow icon color from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Nav &amp;amp; Arrow Bg Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the background color of nav &amp;amp; arrow from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/eduslidprostyle.png&quot; alt=&quot;Slider&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under title you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Set the title color for slider from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Create your own preferred typography for title text by changing different options according to your wish.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Span Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Select color for span text of title.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Span Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Create your own preferred typography for span text of title by changing different options according to your wish.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title Padding&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply any padding to your title, if needed.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Content you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the color of content text from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Create your own preferred typography for content text by changing different options according to your wish.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content Spacing&lt;/strong&gt; : Manage content spacing from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Description Padding&lt;/strong&gt; : If you want to apply any padding to your description, add it from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Button you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Create your own preferred typography for button text by changing different options according to your wish.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Text Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the text color of button from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Select the background color for your button from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border Type&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the border type of the button from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border Radius&lt;/strong&gt; : If you want to alter border radius, you can do it from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Box Shadow&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply any kind of box shadow from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Text Padding&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply any padding to your text from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Padding&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply padding for button from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Front Image you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Front Image Position&lt;/strong&gt; : Alter the front image position from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Image Size&lt;/strong&gt; : Modify the image size from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Padding &lt;/strong&gt; : Apply any padding to front image from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/eduslidproadv.png&quot; alt=&quot;Slider&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt; : Control margin, padding, z-index, entrance animation and add additional id or class to apply your custom design to an element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Control element background color, hover style and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply your custom border style configuring different options from this tab.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Responsive&lt;/strong&gt; : Control making this element to appear on various devices.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom CSS&lt;/strong&gt; : If you want to add any custom code, you can add it from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Latest Blog Posts&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Latest Blog Posts&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Latest Blog Posts&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;EDUMODO ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; area and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customize the settings how you prefer and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the pages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/latestblogpocont.png&quot; alt=&quot;Teacher1&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt; This options are available under content.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Layout&lt;/strong&gt; : There are a total of 2 layouts available with this element, choose the want that looks good on your site.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Item to Show&lt;/strong&gt; : Define how many item you want to show.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Column&lt;/strong&gt; : Define in how many columns you want to show the items into.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Image Height&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the height for the image of the blog posts from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;This options are available under Title.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Excerpt Word&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the number of excerpt words.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Create your own preferred typography for title text by changing different options according to your wish.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the color of your title from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Padding&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply any padding to the title if you need.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;This options are available under Meta.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Date&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle this option off and on to show or hide date on your blog posts.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Categories&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle this option on and off to show or hide categories of blog posts.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Date Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the color that you want to apply on date.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : If you want to apply custom typography than apply it from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;This options are available under Description.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Excerpt Word&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the number of excerpt words.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply any suitable color to your content from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Create your own preferred typography for description text by changing different options according to your wish.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Padding&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply any padding to the description if you need.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Margin&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply any margin to the description if you need.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;This options are available under Read More.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Set custom typography for read more text from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button Text&lt;/strong&gt; : Write the text you want to show in your button at here. By default this button comes with text “Read More”.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the color of your button from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button Hover Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the color of button upon hover, from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Padding&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply any padding to the description if you need.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Margin&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply any margin to the description if you need.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/latestblogpoadv.png&quot; alt=&quot;Teacher1&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt; : Control margin, padding, z-index, entrance animation and add additional id or class to apply your custom design to an element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Control element background color, hover style and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply your custom border style configuring different options from this tab.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Responsive&lt;/strong&gt; : Control making this element to appear on various devices.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom CSS&lt;/strong&gt; : If you want to add any custom code, you can add it from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Testimonial&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/testomoniall.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;Teacher1&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Testimonial&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Testimonial&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;EDUMODO ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; area and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customize the settings how you prefer and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the pages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/testicont.png&quot; alt=&quot;Teacher1&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Testimonial Item to Show&lt;/strong&gt; : Define how many item you want to show.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Auto Play&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to enable or disable autoplay option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Fixed Height&lt;/strong&gt; : If you want you can apply fixed height from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/testistyle.png&quot; alt=&quot;Teacher1&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Style you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the background color for your testimonial from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Dot Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the color of dot that is used on testimonial from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Content you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the content color of testimonial from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : If you wish you can define the typography for content from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Name you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Name Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the color of name from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : If you wish you can define the typography for name from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Designation you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Designation Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the designation color of testimonial from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : If you wish you can define the typography for designation from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/testiadv.png&quot; alt=&quot;Teacher1&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt; : Control margin, padding, z-index, entrance animation and add additional id or class to apply your custom design to an element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Control element background color, hover style and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply your custom border style configuring different options from this tab.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Responsive&lt;/strong&gt; : Control making this element to appear on various devices.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom CSS&lt;/strong&gt; : If you want to add any custom code, you can add it from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;TX Courses&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/txcoursess.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;Slider&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;TX Courses&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;TX Courses&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;EDUMODO ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; area and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customize the settings how you prefer and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the pages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/txcourcon.png&quot; alt=&quot;Slider&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt; Under content you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Item to show&lt;/strong&gt; : Define how many courses you want to show, at here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Column&lt;/strong&gt; : At here, define how many columns you want.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Order By Meta Box&lt;/strong&gt; : If you want to order your courses with help of meta box turn on this option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Order&lt;/strong&gt; : Define whether you want to order in ascending or descending order.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Order By&lt;/strong&gt; : Define what criteria you want to use for ordering.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Title you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Excerpt Word&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the number of excerpt words.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Create your own preferred typography for course title text by changing different options according to your wish.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Meta you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Show Category&lt;/strong&gt; : If you want to show category of courses than enable this option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Show View Count&lt;/strong&gt; : If you want to show view count than enable this option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Create your own preferred typography for meta text by changing different options according to your wish.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Description you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Excerpt Word&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the number of excerpt words.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Create your own preferred typography for description text by changing different options according to your wish.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/txcourstyle.png&quot; alt=&quot;Slider&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under title you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the color for title from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Meta you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the color for meta text from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Description you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the color for description from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Border you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the color of border from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border Width&lt;/strong&gt; : Maintain the border width of course from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border Radius&lt;/strong&gt; : Maintain the border radius of course from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Box Shadow&lt;/strong&gt; : If you want to apply any box shadow than do it from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Box Shadow Hover&lt;/strong&gt; : If you want to apply any box shadow hover than do it from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/txcouradv.png&quot; alt=&quot;Slider&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt; : Control margin, padding, z-index, entrance animation and add additional id or class to apply your custom design to an element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Control element background color, hover style and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply your custom border style configuring different options from this tab.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Responsive&lt;/strong&gt; : Control making this element to appear on various devices.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom CSS&lt;/strong&gt; : If you want to add any custom code, you can add it from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Teacher 1&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Teacher1&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Teacher 1&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;EDUMODO ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; area and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customize the settings how you prefer and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the pages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/teach1con.png&quot; alt=&quot;Teacher1&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt; Under content you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Item to Show&lt;/strong&gt; : Define how many item you want to show.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Column&lt;/strong&gt; : Define in how many columns you want to show the items into.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Title you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Create your own preferred typography for title text by changing different options according to your wish.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title Spacing&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to control the spacing between title and meta information for each item.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Designation you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Create your own preferred typography for designation text by changing different options according to your wish.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Social you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Size&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the social icon size.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title Spacing&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to control the space between title and social icons.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/teach1style.png&quot; alt=&quot;Teacher1&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Icon Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for the social icons.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Overlay Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose overlay color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/teach1adv.png&quot; alt=&quot;Teacher1&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Element Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Control margin, padding, z-index, entrance animation and add additional id or class to apply your custom design to an element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Control element background color, hover style and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply your custom border style configuring different options from this tab.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Responsive&lt;/strong&gt; : Control making this element to appear on various devices.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom CSS&lt;/strong&gt; : If you want to add any custom code, you can add it from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Teacher 2&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/teacherr2.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;Teacher2&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Teacher2&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Teacher 2&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;EDUMODO ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; area and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customize the settings how you prefer and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the pages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/teach2cont.png&quot; alt=&quot;Teacher2&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under content you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Item to Show&lt;/strong&gt; : Define how many item you want to show.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Column&lt;/strong&gt; : Define in how many columns you want to show the items into.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Title you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Create your own preferred typography for title text by changing different options according to your wish.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title Spacing&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to control the spacing between title and meta information for each item.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Designation you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Create your own preferred typography for designation text by changing different options according to your wish.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Social you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Size&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the social icon size.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Width&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the social icon width.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Height&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the social icon height.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title Spacing&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to control the space between title and social icons.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/teach2style.png&quot; alt=&quot;Teacher2&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt; Under Color you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Overlay Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a overlay color from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Name you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for the name text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Hover Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a Hover color for name from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Designation you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the color for designation from here. Under social you have this options.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border Radius&lt;/strong&gt; : Maintain border radius from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Border you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the color of border from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border Width&lt;/strong&gt; : Maintain the border width of course from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border Radius&lt;/strong&gt; : Maintain the border radius of course from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Box Shadow&lt;/strong&gt; : If you want to apply any box shadow than do it from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Box Shadow Hover&lt;/strong&gt; : If you want to apply any box shadow hover than do it from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/teach2adv.png&quot; alt=&quot;Teacher2&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Element Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Control margin, padding, z-index, entrance animation and add additional id or class to apply your custom design to an element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Control element background color, hover style and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply your custom border style configuring different options from this tab.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Responsive&lt;/strong&gt; : Control making this element to appear on various devices.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom CSS&lt;/strong&gt; : If you want to add any custom code, you can add it from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Notice&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/notice.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;Notice&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Notice&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Notice&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;EDUMODO ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; area and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customize the settings how you prefer and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the pages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/noticon.png&quot; alt=&quot;Notice&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Content you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Item to Show&lt;/strong&gt; : Define how many item you want to show.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Column&lt;/strong&gt; : Define in how many columns you want to show the items into.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Title you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Create your own preferred typography for title text by changing different options according to your wish.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Meta you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Show Categories&lt;/strong&gt; : Enable or disable showing categories.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Show Comment&lt;/strong&gt; : Enable or disable showing comments in each item.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Create your own preferred typography for meta text by changing different options according to your wish.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under description you have this option.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Create your own preferred typography for description text by changing different options according to your wish.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/notistyle.png&quot; alt=&quot;Notice&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt; Under Title you have this option.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Pick a color for title text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Color you have this option.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Pick a color for meta text from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Border you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the color of border from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border Width&lt;/strong&gt; : Maintain the border width of notice from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border Radius&lt;/strong&gt; : Maintain the border radius of notice from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Box Shadow&lt;/strong&gt; : If you want to apply any box shadow than do it from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Box Shadow Hover&lt;/strong&gt; : If you want to apply any box shadow hover than do it from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/notiadv.png&quot; alt=&quot;Notice&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Element Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Control margin, padding, z-index, entrance animation and add additional id or class to apply your custom design to an element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Control element background color, hover style and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply your custom border style configuring different options from this tab.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Responsive&lt;/strong&gt; : Control making this element to appear on various devices.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom CSS&lt;/strong&gt; : If you want to add any custom code, you can add it from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Event One&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/event1.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;Event&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Event&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Event One&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;EDUMODO ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; area and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customize the settings how you prefer and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the pages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/eventonecon.png&quot; alt=&quot;Event&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Query Type&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows to pick either &lt;strong&gt;Latest Events&lt;/strong&gt; in ascending order or &lt;strong&gt;Specific Events&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Item To Show&lt;/strong&gt; : Number of items to show.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title Word&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the maximum number of word a title can contain.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Show Thumbnail&lt;/strong&gt; : Hide or Show thumbnail.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Excerpt Word&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the number of excerpt words.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/eventonestyle.png&quot; alt=&quot;Event&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Title you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for the title text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize the title typography according to your need. You can customize title color, family, spacing, margin and so on.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Content you have this options&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for the content text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize your content typography from here. You can change font, weight, style, size and line height from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Button you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose button color from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize your button typography from here. You can change font, weight, style, size and line height from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Meta you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for the meta text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize the title typography according to your need. You can customize title color, family, spacing, margin and so on.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/eventoneadv.png&quot; alt=&quot;Event&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Element Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Control margin, padding, z-index, entrance animation and add additional id or class to apply your custom design to an element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Control element background color, hover style and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply your custom border style configuring different options from this tab.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Responsive&lt;/strong&gt; : Control making this element to appear on various devices.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom CSS&lt;/strong&gt; : If you want to add any custom code, you can add it from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Event Two&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/event2.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;Event&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Event Two&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Event Two&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;EDUMODO ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; area and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customize the settings how you prefer and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the pages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/eventtwocon.png&quot; alt=&quot;Event&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt; Under Content you have this opitons.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Event ID&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose event ID for your element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Image Position&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose your preferred position to show event element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content Padding&lt;/strong&gt; : If you want you can add content padding from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Description you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : If you wish you can define the typography for description from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Excerpt Description Word&lt;/strong&gt; : Manage the number of excerpt description word length from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/eventtwostyle.png&quot; alt=&quot;Event&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Title you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for the title text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Hover Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for hover on text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize the title typography according to your need. You can customize title color, family, spacing, margin and so on.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Meta you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for the meta text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Content you have this options&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for the content text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize your content typography from here. You can change font, weight, style, size and line height from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Date you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose date color from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the date background color from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Date&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize your date typography from here. You can change font, weight, style, size and line height from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Month Year&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize the month year typography according to your need. You can customize title color, family, spacing, margin and so on.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/eventtwoadv.png&quot; alt=&quot;Event&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Element Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Control margin, padding, z-index, entrance animation and add additional id or class to apply your custom design to an element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Control element background color, hover style and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply your custom border style configuring different options from this tab.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Responsive&lt;/strong&gt; : Control making this element to appear on various devices.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom CSS&lt;/strong&gt; : If you want to add any custom code, you can add it from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Learnpress Courses&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/learnpresscourses.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;Course&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Learnpress Courses&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Learnpress Courses&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;EDUMODO ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; area and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customize the settings how you prefer and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the pages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/learnpresscourcon.png&quot; alt=&quot;Course&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt; Under Content you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Course Layout&lt;/strong&gt; : By default you have two course layouts, choose the one that suits best.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Item to Show&lt;/strong&gt; : Define how many item you want to show.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Column&lt;/strong&gt; : Define in how many columns you want to show the items into.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Height&lt;/strong&gt; : Manage the height of the course from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Title you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Create your own preferred typography for title text by changing different options according to your wish.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Excerpt Title Word&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the length of excerpt title length from here. Under Price you have this options.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Show Price&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to show or hide price on courses.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Show Top Price&lt;/strong&gt; : If you want to show price at top of the course also, toggle this option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Create your own preferred typography for price text by changing different options according to your wish.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Categories you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Show Categories&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle this option to display or hide categories of courses.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Create your own preferred typography for categories text by changing different options according to your wish.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Enrolled you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Show Enrolled&lt;/strong&gt; : If you want to show enrolled status at the course toggle this option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Create your own preferred typography for enrolled text by changing different options according to your wish.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Instructor you have this option.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Show Instructor&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle this option to show or hide instructors photo on the course.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Description you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Create your own preferred typography for description text by changing different options according to your wish.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Excerpt Description Word&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the length of excerpt description word at here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/learnpresscourstyle.png&quot; alt=&quot;Course&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt; Under Color you have this option.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Overly&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the color overlay from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Title you have this option.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Pick a color for title text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Description you have this option.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Pick a color for description text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Price you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Select a color for price text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for background of price text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Categorie you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Select a color for category text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for background of categorie text. Under Enroll you have this option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Select a color for enroll text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/learnpresscouradv.png&quot; alt=&quot;Course&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Element Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Control margin, padding, z-index, entrance animation and add additional id or class to apply your custom design to an element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Control element background color, hover style and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply your custom border style configuring different options from this tab.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Responsive&lt;/strong&gt; : Control making this element to appear on various devices.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom CSS&lt;/strong&gt; : If you want to add any custom code, you can add it from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Dynamic Category&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/dynamiccategoryy.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;Slider&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Dynamic Category&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Dynamic Category&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;EDUMODO ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; area and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customize the settings how you prefer and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the pages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/dynamiccon.png&quot; alt=&quot;Slider&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Category List&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the categories that you want to include in the list.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Thumbnail Size&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the thumbnail size from here. There are currently 4 thumbnail size available.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Number of Post to Show&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the number of posts you want to show in the dynamic category.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Column&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the column size from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Excerpt Title Word&lt;/strong&gt; : Manage the length of excerpt title word.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Hide Tab Menu&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to show or hide tab menu.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Show Price&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to show or hide price.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Show Categories&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to show or hide categories.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Show Rating&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to show or hide rating.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Average Rating&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to show or hide average rating.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Fixed Height&lt;/strong&gt; : If you want to apply fixed height, you can do it from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/dynamicstyle.png&quot; alt=&quot;Slider&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Tab you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Tab Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Set the tab typography for dynamic category from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Tab Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the color of tab from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Tab Active Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the tab active color from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under layout you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the background color from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border Width&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the border width for layout from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Select the border color of layout from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border Radius&lt;/strong&gt; : Manage the border radius from this option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Box Shadow&lt;/strong&gt; : If you want you can apply box shadow from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Title you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize the title typography according to your need. You can customize title color, family, spacing, margin and so on.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for the title text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Category you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize the category typography according to your need. You can customize title color, family, spacing, margin and so on.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Category Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for the category text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Price you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize the price typography according to your need. You can customize title color, family, spacing, margin and so on.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Price Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for the price text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Rating you have this option.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Rating Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose rating color for the rating color from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/dynamicadv.png&quot; alt=&quot;Notice&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Element Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Control margin, padding, z-index, entrance animation and add additional id or class to apply your custom design to an element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Control element background color, hover style and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply your custom border style configuring different options from this tab.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Responsive&lt;/strong&gt; : Control making this element to appear on various devices.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom CSS&lt;/strong&gt; : If you want to add any custom code, you can add it from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Learnpress Categories&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/learnpresscategories.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;Course&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Learnpress Categories&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Learnpress Categories&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;EDUMODO ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; area and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customize the settings how you prefer and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the pages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/learnpresscatacon.png&quot; alt=&quot;Course&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Course Category ID&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose course category ID from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Choose Image&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose image for your category from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Image Size&lt;/strong&gt; : Define image size from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background Type&lt;/strong&gt; : Select the background type from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Height&lt;/strong&gt; : Adjust the height from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Show Over Course&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to show or hide over course.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/learnpresscatastyle.png&quot; alt=&quot;Course&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize the title typography according to your need. You can customize title color, family, spacing, margin and so on.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for the title text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/learnpresscataadv.png&quot; alt=&quot;Course&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Element Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Control margin, padding, z-index, entrance animation and add additional id or class to apply your custom design to an element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Control element background color, hover style and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply your custom border style configuring different options from this tab.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Responsive&lt;/strong&gt; : Control making this element to appear on various devices.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom CSS&lt;/strong&gt; : If you want to add any custom code, you can add it from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Woo Latest Product&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/woolatestt.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;Woo Latest Product&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Woo Latest Product&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Woo Latest Product&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;EDUMODO ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; area and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customize the settings how you prefer and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the pages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/woolatescon.png&quot; alt=&quot;Woo Latest Product&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Content you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Shop Layout&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose layout that you want to use. There are currently two layouts available.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Column&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the size of the column you want to use.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Item to Show&lt;/strong&gt; : Define how many items you want to show, at here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Order by&lt;/strong&gt; : Define how you want to order products.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Image Height&lt;/strong&gt; : Adjust image height from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border Radius&lt;/strong&gt; : Adjust border radius from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Box Shadow&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize box shadow from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Box Shadow Hover&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize box shadow hover from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Title you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title Word&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the maximum number of word a title can contain.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Select the color of title text from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Create your own preferred typography for title text by changing different options according to your wish.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Price you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Price Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for the price text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize the price typography according to your need. You can customize title color, family, spacing, margin and so on.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Author you have this option.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Author Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the author text color from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/woolatesstyle.png&quot; alt=&quot;Woo Latest Product&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize the typography according to your need. You can customize title color, family, spacing, margin and so on.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Text Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for the text from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for the background text from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/woolatesadv.png&quot; alt=&quot;Woo Latest Product&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Element Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Control margin, padding, z-index, entrance animation and add additional id or class to apply your custom design to an element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Control element background color, hover style and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply your custom border style configuring different options from this tab.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Responsive&lt;/strong&gt; : Control making this element to appear on various devices.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom CSS&lt;/strong&gt; : If you want to add any custom code, you can add it from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Woo Product Category&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Woo Product Category&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Woo Product Category&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;EDUMODO ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; area and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customize the settings how you prefer and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the pages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/wooprodcon.png&quot; alt=&quot;Woo Latest Product&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Content you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Shop Layout&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose layout that you want to use. There are currently two layouts available.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Categories&lt;/strong&gt; : Select the categories of product you want to show.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Column&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the size of the column you want to use.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Item to Show&lt;/strong&gt; : Define how many items you want to show, at here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Order by&lt;/strong&gt; : Define how you want to order products.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Image Height&lt;/strong&gt; : Adjust image height from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border Radius&lt;/strong&gt; : Adjust border radius from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Box Shadow&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize box shadow from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Box Shadow Hover&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize box shadow hover from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Title you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title Word&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the maximum number of word a title can contain.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Select the color of title text from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Create your own preferred typography for title text by changing different options according to your wish.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Price you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Price Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for the price text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize the price typography according to your need. You can customize title color, family, spacing, margin and so on.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Author you have this option.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Author Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the author text color from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/wooprodstyle.png&quot; alt=&quot;Woo Latest Product&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize the typography according to your need. You can customize title color, family, spacing, margin and so on.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Text Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for the text from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for the background text from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/wooprodadv.png&quot; alt=&quot;Woo Latest Product&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Element Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Control margin, padding, z-index, entrance animation and add additional id or class to apply your custom design to an element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Control element background color, hover style and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply your custom border style configuring different options from this tab.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Responsive&lt;/strong&gt; : Control making this element to appear on various devices.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom CSS&lt;/strong&gt; : If you want to add any custom code, you can add it from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Sensei Courses&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/senseicoursess.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;Course&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Sensei Courses&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Sensei Courses&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;EDUMODO ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; area and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customize the settings how you prefer and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the pages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/senseicourcon.png&quot; alt=&quot;Slider&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt; Under content you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Item to show&lt;/strong&gt; : Define how many courses you want to show, at here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Column&lt;/strong&gt; : At here, define how many columns you want.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Column Height&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the height of the column from this option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Title you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Create your own preferred typography for course title text by changing different options according to your wish.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Excerpt Title Word&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the number of excerpt words.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Meta you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Create your own preferred typography for meta text by changing different options according to your wish.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Show Instructor&lt;/strong&gt; : If you want to show instructor of courses than enable this option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/senseicourstyle.png&quot; alt=&quot;Slider&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the course color from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the background color of course from herer.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt; :&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/senseicouradv.png&quot; alt=&quot;Slider&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt; :Control margin, padding, z-index, entrance animation and add additional id or class to apply your custom design to an element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Control element background color, hover style and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply your custom border style configuring different options from this tab.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Responsive&lt;/strong&gt; : Control making this element to appear on various devices.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom CSS&lt;/strong&gt; : If you want to add any custom code, you can add it from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Sensei Categories&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/senseicategoriess.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;Course&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Course&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Sensei Categories&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;EDUMODO ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; area and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customize the settings how you prefer and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the pages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/senseicatacon.png&quot; alt=&quot;Course&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Course Category ID&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose course category ID from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Choose Image&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose image for your category from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Image Size&lt;/strong&gt; : Define image size from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose your preferred background color from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Show Over Course&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to show or hide over course.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Show Over Lesson&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to show or hide over lesson.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/senseicataadv.png&quot; alt=&quot;Course&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Element Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Control margin, padding, z-index, entrance animation and add additional id or class to apply your custom design to an element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Control element background color, hover style and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply your custom border style configuring different options from this tab.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Responsive&lt;/strong&gt; : Control making this element to appear on various devices.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom CSS&lt;/strong&gt; : If you want to add any custom code, you can add it from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Learndash Courses&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/learndashcourses.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;Course&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Learndash Courses&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Learndash Courses&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;EDUMODO ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; area and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customize the settings how you prefer and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the pages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/learndashcourcon.png&quot; alt=&quot;Slider&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt; Under content you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Item to show&lt;/strong&gt; : Define how many courses you want to show, at here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Column&lt;/strong&gt; : At here, define how many columns you want.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom Column Height&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle this option to enable or disable custom height.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Column Height&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the height of the column from this option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Create your own preferred typography for course title text by changing different options according to your wish.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Excerpt Title Word&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the number of excerpt words.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button Show/Hide&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to hide or show button.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Progress Bar Show/Hide&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to show or hide progress bar.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/learndashcourstyle.png&quot; alt=&quot;Slider&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the title color of course from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the content color of course from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt; :&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/learndashcouradv.png&quot; alt=&quot;Slider&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt; :Control margin, padding, z-index, entrance animation and add additional id or class to apply your custom design to an element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Control element background color, hover style and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply your custom border style configuring different options from this tab.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Responsive&lt;/strong&gt; : Control making this element to appear on various devices.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom CSS&lt;/strong&gt; : If you want to add any custom code, you can add it from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Troubleshooting&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Plugin Installation stucked or failed&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;When you are installing required plugins, it might happen that plugin installation is taking too much time or stucked on a plugin. If this situation occurs, just reload your page and try to install plugins again. If you see any note with message “Failed or try again later”, try to install this plugins again at a later time.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Demo content import failed&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If you cannot import your demo, there can be some possibilities like.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Required plugins are not installed.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Required plugins are not activated.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;There is more that one LMS is activated.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;And last of all you might be&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Facing a hosting issue. Edumodo works on most of the hostings. But some hostings may block certain permissions. To solve this problem, you can contact your hosting provider or ask for our support and we will help you to solve this problem.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;404 Error in all pages&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If you face any 404 face issues, please update your permalink. To update permalink go to Settings -&amp;gt; Permalink and then flash permalink.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Page broken on course page or Style not loaded correctly&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If you ever see your course pages are broken, check if you have 2 lms’s installed. Deactivate and uninstall the unnecessary one.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Edumodo Short Codes list&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;[edumodo-course-info] [edumodo-course-teacher] [edumodo-course-enroll] [edumodo-follow-us][edumodo-related-course] [edumodo-mailchimp] [quick-info] [edumodo-recent-post] [edumodo-related-course] [edumodo-testimonial]&lt;/p&gt;</summary>
		<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;Setting Up Megamenu&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Megamenu comes built-in with Edumodo wordpress education theme. To use mega menu&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to Edumodo Options.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Menu&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Now, enable mega menu and click on save changes. Mega menu is now activated.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Without Enabling the mega menu, you cannot use any functionality of it.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Now go to &lt;code&gt;Appearance &amp;gt; Menus&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Move the menu item right for which you want to enable megamenu.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Tick on &lt;strong&gt;Enable megamenu&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/megamenu1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Edumodo&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Set the megamenu column grid size. (Grid size is a total of 12 columns, if you set column size to 4, there will be a total of 3 columns show in your megamenu.[size 4*3 columns = 12 grid])&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;If you want to enable Mega menu heading, tick on &lt;strong&gt;Enable Mega menu heading&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;If you want to show any fontawesome icon with your menu heading, just paste the fontawesome icon name at the field named &lt;strong&gt;Fontawesome Icon&lt;/strong&gt;. You can copy the fontawesome icon code from this link. &lt;a href=&quot;https://fontawesome.com/v4.7.0/icons/&quot;&gt;https://fontawesome.com/v4.7.0/icons/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;(For example if you want to put icon named &lt;strong&gt;facebook&lt;/strong&gt; in your megamenu heading, write &lt;strong&gt;fa fa-facebook&lt;/strong&gt;[at here you must write &lt;strong&gt;fa fa-&lt;/strong&gt; before any icone])&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;If you want to show any widgets in your megamenu, just select the widget area and that widgets will be visible on the mega menu.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Setting Up Multilingual site&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To make your site multilingual, we prefer you use one of this plugins 1. WPML &amp;amp; 2. GTranslate. Just install and activate any of this plugins and make your site multilingual in general way.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Setting up RTL&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Edumodo education WordPress theme comes with RTL support. Before you start developing rtl layout,&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Download and install WPML or GTranslate (you can use any multilingual plugin).&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Activate it and after activating the plugin generate a link for your rtl layouts site.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Copy links and go to `Edumodo Optoins &amp;gt; General Setting &amp;gt; RTL&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/rtl_setting1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Event&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Enable RTL option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Paste the links to URL1 and URL2 and type the name of languages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select your language that you want to show by default.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Save Changes.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Now you can develop your rtl site with ease. In RTL you must use one of this headers below, or else your header will not work properly. &lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/rtlheader.png&quot; alt=&quot;Event&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;LMS: Learning Management System&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Edumodo WordPress LMS theme comes with support for 3 most popular lms’s. These lms are - learnpress, sensei, and learndash.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can use this theme with or without LMS functionality, it's totally up to you. TX courses will allow you to enjoy the full functionality of an LMS.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;LearnPress LMS&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;At here we are using plugin LearnPress for LMS functionalities. You can check the plugin tutorials and documentation from the official website of plugin.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Plugin Link: &lt;a href=&quot;https://wordpress.org/plugins/learnpress/&quot;&gt;https://wordpress.org/plugins/learnpress/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Official LearnPress Documentation Link: &lt;a href=&quot;https://docs.thimpress.com/learnpress/&quot;&gt;https://docs.thimpress.com/learnpress/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Recommended Plugins: &lt;a href=&quot;https://thimpress.com/product/learnpress-add-ons-bundle/&quot;&gt;https://thimpress.com/product/learnpress-add-ons-bundle/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Sensei LMS&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;At here we are using plugin Sensei for LMS functionalities. You can check the plugin tutorials and documentation from the official website of plugin.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;iframe width=&quot;790&quot; height=&quot;500&quot; src=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/embed/zXlrY5z-eAw&quot; frameborder=&quot;0&quot; allow=&quot;accelerometer; autoplay; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture&quot; allowfullscreen=&quot;&quot;&gt;&lt;/iframe&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Plugin Link: &lt;a href=&quot;https://woocommerce.com/products/sensei/&quot;&gt;https://woocommerce.com/products/sensei/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;You can also download sensei LMS from here : &lt;a href=&quot;https://github.com/Automattic/sensei&quot;&gt;https://github.com/Automattic/sensei&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Official Sensei Documentation Link: &lt;a href=&quot;https://senseilms.com/documentation/&quot;&gt;https://senseilms.com/documentation/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;LearnDash LMS&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;At here we are using plugin LearnDash for LMS functionalities. You can check the plugin tutorials and documentation from the official website of plugin.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;iframe width=&quot;790&quot; height=&quot;500&quot; src=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/embed/Cl4h6fCSKUw&quot; frameborder=&quot;0&quot; allow=&quot;accelerometer; autoplay; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture&quot; allowfullscreen=&quot;&quot;&gt;&lt;/iframe&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Plugin Link: &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.learndash.com/pricing-and-purchase/&quot;&gt;https://www.learndash.com/pricing-and-purchase/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Official LearnPress tutorials Link: &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.learndash.com/category/learndash-tips/&quot;&gt;https://www.learndash.com/category/learndash-tips/&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;How To's&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Setup Homepage&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Settings &amp;gt; Reading&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select &lt;em&gt;A Static page&lt;/em&gt; on &lt;em&gt;Front page displays&lt;/em&gt; option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Choose your preferred home variation from the &lt;em&gt;Front-page&lt;/em&gt; drop-down menu.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Select &lt;strong&gt;Blog&lt;/strong&gt; from the &lt;em&gt;Post page&lt;/em&gt; drop-down menu.(optional)&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/readingsettingg.png&quot; alt=&quot;Homepage Setup&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Use the left-bottom &lt;strong&gt;Save Changes&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the settings.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Import Edumodo Contact Forms with WPForms&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Check this video tutorial for importing edumodo contact forms with WPForms.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;iframe width=&quot;790&quot; height=&quot;500&quot; src=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/embed/WivIn-v3ix4&quot; frameborder=&quot;0&quot; allow=&quot;accelerometer; autoplay; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture&quot; allowfullscreen=&quot;&quot;&gt;&lt;/iframe&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Create Amazing Sliders with Slider Pro Element&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If you do not know much use of slider pro element check this video out, and add amazing sliders to your site.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;iframe width=&quot;790&quot; height=&quot;500&quot; src=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/embed/fw9iSoVzgAU&quot; frameborder=&quot;0&quot; allow=&quot;accelerometer; autoplay; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture&quot; allowfullscreen=&quot;&quot;&gt;&lt;/iframe&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Elements&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can simply add an element on a page. All you need to do, just drag the element you want to add and drop it in a page then customize its setting as your preferences. You will have plenty of default elements to add or you can add our developed elements those are only for &lt;em&gt;Edumodo&lt;/em&gt; theme from the &lt;strong&gt;Edumodo Elements&lt;/strong&gt; tab on the elementor.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/elementss.png&quot; alt=&quot;Elements&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Elementor&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Elementor is the one of the best Drag and Drop visual editor for building pages, posts etc. in a WordPress site. If you are not familiar with Elementor, we recommend you to take a look at the following videos:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Getting Started with Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;: &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=3B5HL11uhVE&quot; title=&quot;Getting Started with Elementor&quot;&gt;Getting Started With Elementor - YouTube&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Sections &amp;amp; Columns Part 1&lt;/strong&gt; : &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=joWTUN77hnA&quot;&gt;Learn How to Build Your Page Layout on Elementor&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Sections &amp;amp; Columns Part 2&lt;/strong&gt; : &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=HkD_Lx-DGn4&quot;&gt;Style Options for Sections and Columns&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Sections &amp;amp; Columns Part 3&lt;/strong&gt; : &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_gkTfyjG38g&quot;&gt;Padding, Margin, Responsive and Other Settings in the Advanced Tab&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under &lt;a href=&quot;https://docs.elementor.com/&quot;&gt;https://docs.elementor.com/&lt;/a&gt; you can find see the complete documentation of elementor page builder.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;IMPORTANT&lt;/strong&gt;: You have to disable &lt;strong&gt;Disable Global Colors&lt;/strong&gt; and &lt;strong&gt;Disable Global Fonts&lt;/strong&gt; options from &lt;code&gt;Elementor&amp;gt; General&lt;/code&gt; in order get your custom styles worked on any elements.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Our theme specific elements can be found in &lt;strong&gt;Edumodo&lt;/strong&gt; tab under Elementor.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Edumodo Slider&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/edumodoslider.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;Slider&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Edumodo Slider&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Edumodo Slider&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;EDUMODO ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; area and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customize the settings how you prefer and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the pages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/eduslidcon.png&quot; alt=&quot;Slider&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;ADD ITEM&lt;/strong&gt; : This button allows you to create new slider items. Having created an item, just by a single mouse click- there are a couple of options will appear below this.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Slider Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the slider title here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title Animation&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose an animation for the title text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Upload Slider Image&lt;/strong&gt; : This upload button lets you upload image for the current slider item.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Slider Description&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the description text here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content Animation&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose an animation effect for the content text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button Text&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the button text here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button Link&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the corresponding button URL here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button Animation&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose an animation effect for the button.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/eduslidstyle.png&quot; alt=&quot;Slider&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content Options&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize the content options according to your need. You can customize typography, spacing, margin and so on.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button Options&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize the button options as you want. This includes Button text, color, border, text size and so on.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Control Options&lt;/strong&gt; : This includes slider speed, background repetition, size and so on.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/eduslidadv.png&quot; alt=&quot;Slider&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Element Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Control margin, padding, z-index, entrance animation and add additional id or class to apply your custom design to an element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Control element background color, hover style and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply your custom border style configuring different options from this tab.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Responsive&lt;/strong&gt; : Control making this element to appear on various devices.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Edumodo Slider Pro&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/edumodosliderpro.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;Slider&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Edumodo Slider Pro&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Edumodo Slider Pro&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;EDUMODO ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; area and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customize the settings how you prefer and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the pages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/eduslidprocon.png&quot; alt=&quot;Slider&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt; Under Slide you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;ADD ITEM&lt;/strong&gt; : This button allows you to create new slider items. Having created an item, just by a single mouse click- there are a couple of options will appear below this.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Slider Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the slider title here.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title Animation&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose an animation for the title text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Upload Slider Image&lt;/strong&gt; : This upload button lets you upload image for the current slider item.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Slider Description&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the description text here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content Animation&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose an animation effect for the content text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button Text&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the button text here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button Link&lt;/strong&gt; : Put the corresponding button URL here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button Animation&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose an animation effect for the button.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Global Options you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Slider Height&lt;/strong&gt;: Define the height of the slider from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Caption Position&lt;/strong&gt; : Define caption for slider from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content Alignment&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the layout for your content from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Slider Interval&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the interval time between sliders.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background Overlay&lt;/strong&gt; : Select the background overlay for slider from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background Repeat&lt;/strong&gt; : Define if you want to repeat background.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background Size&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the background size from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background Position&lt;/strong&gt; : Select the background position from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background Attachment&lt;/strong&gt; : Two background option available - inherit &amp;amp; fixed.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Nav Options you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Nav Enable/Disable&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to enable or disable nav options.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Arrow Enable/Disable&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle this option to enable or disable arrows.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Nav &amp;amp; Arrow Icon Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the nav &amp;amp; arrow icon color from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Nav &amp;amp; Arrow Bg Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the background color of nav &amp;amp; arrow from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/eduslidprostyle.png&quot; alt=&quot;Slider&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under title you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Set the title color for slider from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Create your own preferred typography for title text by changing different options according to your wish.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Span Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Select color for span text of title.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Span Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Create your own preferred typography for span text of title by changing different options according to your wish.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title Padding&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply any padding to your title, if needed.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Content you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the color of content text from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Create your own preferred typography for content text by changing different options according to your wish.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content Spacing&lt;/strong&gt; : Manage content spacing from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Description Padding&lt;/strong&gt; : If you want to apply any padding to your description, add it from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Button you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Create your own preferred typography for button text by changing different options according to your wish.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Text Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the text color of button from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Select the background color for your button from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border Type&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the border type of the button from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border Radius&lt;/strong&gt; : If you want to alter border radius, you can do it from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Box Shadow&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply any kind of box shadow from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Text Padding&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply any padding to your text from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Padding&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply padding for button from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Front Image you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Front Image Position&lt;/strong&gt; : Alter the front image position from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Image Size&lt;/strong&gt; : Modify the image size from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Padding &lt;/strong&gt; : Apply any padding to front image from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/eduslidproadv.png&quot; alt=&quot;Slider&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt; : Control margin, padding, z-index, entrance animation and add additional id or class to apply your custom design to an element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Control element background color, hover style and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply your custom border style configuring different options from this tab.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Responsive&lt;/strong&gt; : Control making this element to appear on various devices.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom CSS&lt;/strong&gt; : If you want to add any custom code, you can add it from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Latest Blog Posts&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Latest Blog Posts&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Latest Blog Posts&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;EDUMODO ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; area and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customize the settings how you prefer and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the pages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/latestblogpocont.png&quot; alt=&quot;Teacher1&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt; This options are available under content.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Layout&lt;/strong&gt; : There are a total of 2 layouts available with this element, choose the want that looks good on your site.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Item to Show&lt;/strong&gt; : Define how many item you want to show.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Column&lt;/strong&gt; : Define in how many columns you want to show the items into.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Image Height&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the height for the image of the blog posts from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;This options are available under Title.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Excerpt Word&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the number of excerpt words.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Create your own preferred typography for title text by changing different options according to your wish.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the color of your title from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Padding&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply any padding to the title if you need.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;This options are available under Meta.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Date&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle this option off and on to show or hide date on your blog posts.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Categories&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle this option on and off to show or hide categories of blog posts.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Date Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the color that you want to apply on date.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : If you want to apply custom typography than apply it from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;This options are available under Description.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Excerpt Word&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the number of excerpt words.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply any suitable color to your content from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Create your own preferred typography for description text by changing different options according to your wish.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Padding&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply any padding to the description if you need.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Margin&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply any margin to the description if you need.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;This options are available under Read More.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Set custom typography for read more text from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button Text&lt;/strong&gt; : Write the text you want to show in your button at here. By default this button comes with text “Read More”.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the color of your button from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button Hover Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the color of button upon hover, from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Padding&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply any padding to the description if you need.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Margin&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply any margin to the description if you need.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/latestblogpoadv.png&quot; alt=&quot;Teacher1&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt; : Control margin, padding, z-index, entrance animation and add additional id or class to apply your custom design to an element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Control element background color, hover style and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply your custom border style configuring different options from this tab.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Responsive&lt;/strong&gt; : Control making this element to appear on various devices.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom CSS&lt;/strong&gt; : If you want to add any custom code, you can add it from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Testimonial&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/testomoniall.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;Teacher1&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Testimonial&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Testimonial&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;EDUMODO ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; area and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customize the settings how you prefer and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the pages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/testicont.png&quot; alt=&quot;Teacher1&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Testimonial Item to Show&lt;/strong&gt; : Define how many item you want to show.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Auto Play&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to enable or disable autoplay option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Fixed Height&lt;/strong&gt; : If you want you can apply fixed height from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/testistyle.png&quot; alt=&quot;Teacher1&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Style you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the background color for your testimonial from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Dot Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the color of dot that is used on testimonial from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Content you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the content color of testimonial from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : If you wish you can define the typography for content from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Name you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Name Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the color of name from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : If you wish you can define the typography for name from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Designation you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Designation Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the designation color of testimonial from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : If you wish you can define the typography for designation from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/testiadv.png&quot; alt=&quot;Teacher1&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt; : Control margin, padding, z-index, entrance animation and add additional id or class to apply your custom design to an element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Control element background color, hover style and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply your custom border style configuring different options from this tab.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Responsive&lt;/strong&gt; : Control making this element to appear on various devices.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom CSS&lt;/strong&gt; : If you want to add any custom code, you can add it from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;TX Courses&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/txcoursess.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;Slider&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;TX Courses&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;TX Courses&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;EDUMODO ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; area and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customize the settings how you prefer and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the pages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/txcourcon.png&quot; alt=&quot;Slider&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt; Under content you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Item to show&lt;/strong&gt; : Define how many courses you want to show, at here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Column&lt;/strong&gt; : At here, define how many columns you want.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Order By Meta Box&lt;/strong&gt; : If you want to order your courses with help of meta box turn on this option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Order&lt;/strong&gt; : Define whether you want to order in ascending or descending order.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Order By&lt;/strong&gt; : Define what criteria you want to use for ordering.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Title you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Excerpt Word&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the number of excerpt words.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Create your own preferred typography for course title text by changing different options according to your wish.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Meta you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Show Category&lt;/strong&gt; : If you want to show category of courses than enable this option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Show View Count&lt;/strong&gt; : If you want to show view count than enable this option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Create your own preferred typography for meta text by changing different options according to your wish.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Description you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Excerpt Word&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the number of excerpt words.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Create your own preferred typography for description text by changing different options according to your wish.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/txcourstyle.png&quot; alt=&quot;Slider&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under title you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the color for title from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Meta you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the color for meta text from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Description you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the color for description from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Border you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the color of border from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border Width&lt;/strong&gt; : Maintain the border width of course from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border Radius&lt;/strong&gt; : Maintain the border radius of course from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Box Shadow&lt;/strong&gt; : If you want to apply any box shadow than do it from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Box Shadow Hover&lt;/strong&gt; : If you want to apply any box shadow hover than do it from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/txcouradv.png&quot; alt=&quot;Slider&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt; : Control margin, padding, z-index, entrance animation and add additional id or class to apply your custom design to an element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Control element background color, hover style and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply your custom border style configuring different options from this tab.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Responsive&lt;/strong&gt; : Control making this element to appear on various devices.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom CSS&lt;/strong&gt; : If you want to add any custom code, you can add it from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Teacher 1&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Teacher1&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Teacher 1&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;EDUMODO ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; area and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customize the settings how you prefer and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the pages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/teach1con.png&quot; alt=&quot;Teacher1&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt; Under content you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Item to Show&lt;/strong&gt; : Define how many item you want to show.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Column&lt;/strong&gt; : Define in how many columns you want to show the items into.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Title you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Create your own preferred typography for title text by changing different options according to your wish.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title Spacing&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to control the spacing between title and meta information for each item.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Designation you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Create your own preferred typography for designation text by changing different options according to your wish.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Social you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Size&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the social icon size.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title Spacing&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to control the space between title and social icons.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/teach1style.png&quot; alt=&quot;Teacher1&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Icon Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for the social icons.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Overlay Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose overlay color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/teach1adv.png&quot; alt=&quot;Teacher1&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Element Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Control margin, padding, z-index, entrance animation and add additional id or class to apply your custom design to an element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Control element background color, hover style and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply your custom border style configuring different options from this tab.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Responsive&lt;/strong&gt; : Control making this element to appear on various devices.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom CSS&lt;/strong&gt; : If you want to add any custom code, you can add it from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Teacher 2&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/teacherr2.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;Teacher2&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Teacher2&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Teacher 2&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;EDUMODO ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; area and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customize the settings how you prefer and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the pages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/teach2cont.png&quot; alt=&quot;Teacher2&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under content you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Item to Show&lt;/strong&gt; : Define how many item you want to show.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Column&lt;/strong&gt; : Define in how many columns you want to show the items into.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Title you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Create your own preferred typography for title text by changing different options according to your wish.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title Spacing&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to control the spacing between title and meta information for each item.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Designation you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Create your own preferred typography for designation text by changing different options according to your wish.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Social you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Size&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the social icon size.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Width&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the social icon width.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Height&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the social icon height.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title Spacing&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to control the space between title and social icons.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/teach2style.png&quot; alt=&quot;Teacher2&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt; Under Color you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Overlay Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a overlay color from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Name you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for the name text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Hover Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a Hover color for name from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Designation you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the color for designation from here. Under social you have this options.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border Radius&lt;/strong&gt; : Maintain border radius from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Border you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the color of border from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border Width&lt;/strong&gt; : Maintain the border width of course from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border Radius&lt;/strong&gt; : Maintain the border radius of course from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Box Shadow&lt;/strong&gt; : If you want to apply any box shadow than do it from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Box Shadow Hover&lt;/strong&gt; : If you want to apply any box shadow hover than do it from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/teach2adv.png&quot; alt=&quot;Teacher2&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Element Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Control margin, padding, z-index, entrance animation and add additional id or class to apply your custom design to an element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Control element background color, hover style and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply your custom border style configuring different options from this tab.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Responsive&lt;/strong&gt; : Control making this element to appear on various devices.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom CSS&lt;/strong&gt; : If you want to add any custom code, you can add it from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Notice&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/notice.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;Notice&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Notice&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Notice&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;EDUMODO ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; area and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customize the settings how you prefer and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the pages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/noticon.png&quot; alt=&quot;Notice&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Content you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Item to Show&lt;/strong&gt; : Define how many item you want to show.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Column&lt;/strong&gt; : Define in how many columns you want to show the items into.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Title you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Create your own preferred typography for title text by changing different options according to your wish.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Meta you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Show Categories&lt;/strong&gt; : Enable or disable showing categories.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Show Comment&lt;/strong&gt; : Enable or disable showing comments in each item.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Create your own preferred typography for meta text by changing different options according to your wish.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under description you have this option.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Create your own preferred typography for description text by changing different options according to your wish.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/notistyle.png&quot; alt=&quot;Notice&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt; Under Title you have this option.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Pick a color for title text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Color you have this option.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Pick a color for meta text from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Border you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the color of border from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border Width&lt;/strong&gt; : Maintain the border width of notice from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border Radius&lt;/strong&gt; : Maintain the border radius of notice from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Box Shadow&lt;/strong&gt; : If you want to apply any box shadow than do it from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Box Shadow Hover&lt;/strong&gt; : If you want to apply any box shadow hover than do it from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/notiadv.png&quot; alt=&quot;Notice&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Element Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Control margin, padding, z-index, entrance animation and add additional id or class to apply your custom design to an element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Control element background color, hover style and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply your custom border style configuring different options from this tab.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Responsive&lt;/strong&gt; : Control making this element to appear on various devices.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom CSS&lt;/strong&gt; : If you want to add any custom code, you can add it from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Event One&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/event1.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;Event&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Event&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Event One&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;EDUMODO ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; area and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customize the settings how you prefer and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the pages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/eventonecon.png&quot; alt=&quot;Event&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Query Type&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows to pick either &lt;strong&gt;Latest Events&lt;/strong&gt; in ascending order or &lt;strong&gt;Specific Events&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Item To Show&lt;/strong&gt; : Number of items to show.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title Word&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the maximum number of word a title can contain.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Show Thumbnail&lt;/strong&gt; : Hide or Show thumbnail.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Excerpt Word&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the number of excerpt words.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/eventonestyle.png&quot; alt=&quot;Event&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Title you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for the title text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize the title typography according to your need. You can customize title color, family, spacing, margin and so on.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Content you have this options&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for the content text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize your content typography from here. You can change font, weight, style, size and line height from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Button you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose button color from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize your button typography from here. You can change font, weight, style, size and line height from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Meta you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for the meta text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize the title typography according to your need. You can customize title color, family, spacing, margin and so on.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/eventoneadv.png&quot; alt=&quot;Event&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Element Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Control margin, padding, z-index, entrance animation and add additional id or class to apply your custom design to an element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Control element background color, hover style and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply your custom border style configuring different options from this tab.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Responsive&lt;/strong&gt; : Control making this element to appear on various devices.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom CSS&lt;/strong&gt; : If you want to add any custom code, you can add it from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Event Two&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/event2.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;Event&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Event Two&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Event Two&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;EDUMODO ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; area and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customize the settings how you prefer and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the pages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/eventtwocon.png&quot; alt=&quot;Event&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt; Under Content you have this opitons.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Event ID&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose event ID for your element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Image Position&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose your preferred position to show event element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content Padding&lt;/strong&gt; : If you want you can add content padding from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Description you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : If you wish you can define the typography for description from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Excerpt Description Word&lt;/strong&gt; : Manage the number of excerpt description word length from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/eventtwostyle.png&quot; alt=&quot;Event&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Title you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for the title text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Hover Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for hover on text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize the title typography according to your need. You can customize title color, family, spacing, margin and so on.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Meta you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for the meta text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Content you have this options&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for the content text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize your content typography from here. You can change font, weight, style, size and line height from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Date you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose date color from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the date background color from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Date&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize your date typography from here. You can change font, weight, style, size and line height from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Month Year&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize the month year typography according to your need. You can customize title color, family, spacing, margin and so on.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/eventtwoadv.png&quot; alt=&quot;Event&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Element Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Control margin, padding, z-index, entrance animation and add additional id or class to apply your custom design to an element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Control element background color, hover style and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply your custom border style configuring different options from this tab.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Responsive&lt;/strong&gt; : Control making this element to appear on various devices.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom CSS&lt;/strong&gt; : If you want to add any custom code, you can add it from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Learnpress Courses&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/learnpresscourses.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;Course&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Learnpress Courses&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Learnpress Courses&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;EDUMODO ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; area and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customize the settings how you prefer and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the pages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/learnpresscourcon.png&quot; alt=&quot;Course&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt; Under Content you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Course Layout&lt;/strong&gt; : By default you have two course layouts, choose the one that suits best.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Item to Show&lt;/strong&gt; : Define how many item you want to show.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Column&lt;/strong&gt; : Define in how many columns you want to show the items into.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Height&lt;/strong&gt; : Manage the height of the course from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Title you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Create your own preferred typography for title text by changing different options according to your wish.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Excerpt Title Word&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the length of excerpt title length from here. Under Price you have this options.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Show Price&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to show or hide price on courses.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Show Top Price&lt;/strong&gt; : If you want to show price at top of the course also, toggle this option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Create your own preferred typography for price text by changing different options according to your wish.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Categories you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Show Categories&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle this option to display or hide categories of courses.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Create your own preferred typography for categories text by changing different options according to your wish.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Enrolled you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Show Enrolled&lt;/strong&gt; : If you want to show enrolled status at the course toggle this option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Create your own preferred typography for enrolled text by changing different options according to your wish.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Instructor you have this option.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Show Instructor&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle this option to show or hide instructors photo on the course.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Description you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Create your own preferred typography for description text by changing different options according to your wish.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Excerpt Description Word&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the length of excerpt description word at here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/learnpresscourstyle.png&quot; alt=&quot;Course&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt; Under Color you have this option.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Overly&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the color overlay from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Title you have this option.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Pick a color for title text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Description you have this option.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Pick a color for description text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Price you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Select a color for price text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for background of price text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Categorie you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Select a color for category text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for background of categorie text. Under Enroll you have this option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Select a color for enroll text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/learnpresscouradv.png&quot; alt=&quot;Course&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Element Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Control margin, padding, z-index, entrance animation and add additional id or class to apply your custom design to an element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Control element background color, hover style and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply your custom border style configuring different options from this tab.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Responsive&lt;/strong&gt; : Control making this element to appear on various devices.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom CSS&lt;/strong&gt; : If you want to add any custom code, you can add it from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Dynamic Category&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/dynamiccategoryy.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;Slider&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Dynamic Category&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Dynamic Category&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;EDUMODO ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; area and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customize the settings how you prefer and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the pages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/dynamiccon.png&quot; alt=&quot;Slider&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Category List&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the categories that you want to include in the list.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Thumbnail Size&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the thumbnail size from here. There are currently 4 thumbnail size available.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Number of Post to Show&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the number of posts you want to show in the dynamic category.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Column&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the column size from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Excerpt Title Word&lt;/strong&gt; : Manage the length of excerpt title word.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Hide Tab Menu&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to show or hide tab menu.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Show Price&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to show or hide price.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Show Categories&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to show or hide categories.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Show Rating&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to show or hide rating.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Average Rating&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to show or hide average rating.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Fixed Height&lt;/strong&gt; : If you want to apply fixed height, you can do it from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/dynamicstyle.png&quot; alt=&quot;Slider&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Tab you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Tab Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Set the tab typography for dynamic category from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Tab Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the color of tab from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Tab Active Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the tab active color from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under layout you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the background color from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border Width&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the border width for layout from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Select the border color of layout from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border Radius&lt;/strong&gt; : Manage the border radius from this option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Box Shadow&lt;/strong&gt; : If you want you can apply box shadow from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Title you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize the title typography according to your need. You can customize title color, family, spacing, margin and so on.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for the title text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Category you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize the category typography according to your need. You can customize title color, family, spacing, margin and so on.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Category Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for the category text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Price you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize the price typography according to your need. You can customize title color, family, spacing, margin and so on.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Price Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for the price text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Rating you have this option.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Rating Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose rating color for the rating color from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/dynamicadv.png&quot; alt=&quot;Notice&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Element Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Control margin, padding, z-index, entrance animation and add additional id or class to apply your custom design to an element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Control element background color, hover style and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply your custom border style configuring different options from this tab.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Responsive&lt;/strong&gt; : Control making this element to appear on various devices.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom CSS&lt;/strong&gt; : If you want to add any custom code, you can add it from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Learnpress Categories&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/learnpresscategories.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;Course&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Learnpress Categories&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Learnpress Categories&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;EDUMODO ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; area and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customize the settings how you prefer and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the pages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/learnpresscatacon.png&quot; alt=&quot;Course&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Course Category ID&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose course category ID from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Choose Image&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose image for your category from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Image Size&lt;/strong&gt; : Define image size from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background Type&lt;/strong&gt; : Select the background type from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Height&lt;/strong&gt; : Adjust the height from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Show Over Course&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to show or hide over course.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/learnpresscatastyle.png&quot; alt=&quot;Course&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize the title typography according to your need. You can customize title color, family, spacing, margin and so on.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for the title text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/learnpresscataadv.png&quot; alt=&quot;Course&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Element Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Control margin, padding, z-index, entrance animation and add additional id or class to apply your custom design to an element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Control element background color, hover style and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply your custom border style configuring different options from this tab.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Responsive&lt;/strong&gt; : Control making this element to appear on various devices.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom CSS&lt;/strong&gt; : If you want to add any custom code, you can add it from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Woo Latest Product&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/woolatestt.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;Woo Latest Product&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Woo Latest Product&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Woo Latest Product&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;EDUMODO ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; area and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customize the settings how you prefer and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the pages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/woolatescon.png&quot; alt=&quot;Woo Latest Product&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Content you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Shop Layout&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose layout that you want to use. There are currently two layouts available.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Column&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the size of the column you want to use.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Item to Show&lt;/strong&gt; : Define how many items you want to show, at here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Order by&lt;/strong&gt; : Define how you want to order products.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Image Height&lt;/strong&gt; : Adjust image height from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border Radius&lt;/strong&gt; : Adjust border radius from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Box Shadow&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize box shadow from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Box Shadow Hover&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize box shadow hover from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Title you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title Word&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the maximum number of word a title can contain.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Select the color of title text from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Create your own preferred typography for title text by changing different options according to your wish.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Price you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Price Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for the price text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize the price typography according to your need. You can customize title color, family, spacing, margin and so on.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Author you have this option.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Author Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the author text color from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/woolatesstyle.png&quot; alt=&quot;Woo Latest Product&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize the typography according to your need. You can customize title color, family, spacing, margin and so on.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Text Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for the text from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for the background text from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/woolatesadv.png&quot; alt=&quot;Woo Latest Product&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Element Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Control margin, padding, z-index, entrance animation and add additional id or class to apply your custom design to an element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Control element background color, hover style and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply your custom border style configuring different options from this tab.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Responsive&lt;/strong&gt; : Control making this element to appear on various devices.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom CSS&lt;/strong&gt; : If you want to add any custom code, you can add it from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Woo Product Category&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Woo Product Category&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Woo Product Category&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;EDUMODO ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; area and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customize the settings how you prefer and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the pages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/wooprodcon.png&quot; alt=&quot;Woo Latest Product&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Content you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Shop Layout&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose layout that you want to use. There are currently two layouts available.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Categories&lt;/strong&gt; : Select the categories of product you want to show.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Column&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the size of the column you want to use.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Item to Show&lt;/strong&gt; : Define how many items you want to show, at here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Order by&lt;/strong&gt; : Define how you want to order products.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Image Height&lt;/strong&gt; : Adjust image height from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border Radius&lt;/strong&gt; : Adjust border radius from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Box Shadow&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize box shadow from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Box Shadow Hover&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize box shadow hover from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Title you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title Word&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the maximum number of word a title can contain.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Select the color of title text from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Create your own preferred typography for title text by changing different options according to your wish.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Price you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Price Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for the price text.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize the price typography according to your need. You can customize title color, family, spacing, margin and so on.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Author you have this option.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Author Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the author text color from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/wooprodstyle.png&quot; alt=&quot;Woo Latest Product&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize the typography according to your need. You can customize title color, family, spacing, margin and so on.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Text Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for the text from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose a color for the background text from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/wooprodadv.png&quot; alt=&quot;Woo Latest Product&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Element Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Control margin, padding, z-index, entrance animation and add additional id or class to apply your custom design to an element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Control element background color, hover style and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply your custom border style configuring different options from this tab.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Responsive&lt;/strong&gt; : Control making this element to appear on various devices.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom CSS&lt;/strong&gt; : If you want to add any custom code, you can add it from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Sensei Courses&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/senseicoursess.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;Course&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Sensei Courses&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Sensei Courses&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;EDUMODO ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; area and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customize the settings how you prefer and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the pages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/senseicourcon.png&quot; alt=&quot;Slider&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt; Under content you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Item to show&lt;/strong&gt; : Define how many courses you want to show, at here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Column&lt;/strong&gt; : At here, define how many columns you want.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Column Height&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the height of the column from this option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Title you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Create your own preferred typography for course title text by changing different options according to your wish.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Excerpt Title Word&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the number of excerpt words.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Under Meta you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Create your own preferred typography for meta text by changing different options according to your wish.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Show Instructor&lt;/strong&gt; : If you want to show instructor of courses than enable this option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/senseicourstyle.png&quot; alt=&quot;Slider&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the course color from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the background color of course from herer.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt; :&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/senseicouradv.png&quot; alt=&quot;Slider&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt; :Control margin, padding, z-index, entrance animation and add additional id or class to apply your custom design to an element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Control element background color, hover style and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply your custom border style configuring different options from this tab.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Responsive&lt;/strong&gt; : Control making this element to appear on various devices.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom CSS&lt;/strong&gt; : If you want to add any custom code, you can add it from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Sensei Categories&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/senseicategoriess.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;Course&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Course&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Sensei Categories&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;EDUMODO ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; area and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customize the settings how you prefer and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the pages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/senseicatacon.png&quot; alt=&quot;Course&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Course Category ID&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose course category ID from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Choose Image&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose image for your category from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Image Size&lt;/strong&gt; : Define image size from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose your preferred background color from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Show Over Course&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to show or hide over course.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Show Over Lesson&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to show or hide over lesson.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/senseicataadv.png&quot; alt=&quot;Course&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Element Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Control margin, padding, z-index, entrance animation and add additional id or class to apply your custom design to an element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Control element background color, hover style and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply your custom border style configuring different options from this tab.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Responsive&lt;/strong&gt; : Control making this element to appear on various devices.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom CSS&lt;/strong&gt; : If you want to add any custom code, you can add it from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Learndash Courses&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/learndashcourses.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;Course&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To add &lt;strong&gt;Learndash Courses&lt;/strong&gt; element on a page, first-&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Pages&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Edit With Elementor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag the &lt;strong&gt;Learndash Courses&lt;/strong&gt; from the left &lt;strong&gt;EDUMODO ELEMENTS&lt;/strong&gt; area and drop on your page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customize the settings how you prefer and click on &lt;strong&gt;Save&lt;/strong&gt; button to save the pages.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/learndashcourcon.png&quot; alt=&quot;Slider&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt; Under content you have this options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Item to show&lt;/strong&gt; : Define how many courses you want to show, at here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Column&lt;/strong&gt; : At here, define how many columns you want.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom Column Height&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle this option to enable or disable custom height.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Column Height&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the height of the column from this option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Create your own preferred typography for course title text by changing different options according to your wish.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Excerpt Title Word&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the number of excerpt words.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Button Show/Hide&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to hide or show button.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Progress Bar Show/Hide&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to show or hide progress bar.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/learndashcourstyle.png&quot; alt=&quot;Slider&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Title Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the title color of course from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the content color of course from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt; :&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/learndashcouradv.png&quot; alt=&quot;Slider&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot; /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advanced&lt;/strong&gt; :Control margin, padding, z-index, entrance animation and add additional id or class to apply your custom design to an element.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Control element background color, hover style and more.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Border&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply your custom border style configuring different options from this tab.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Responsive&lt;/strong&gt; : Control making this element to appear on various devices.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom CSS&lt;/strong&gt; : If you want to add any custom code, you can add it from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Troubleshooting&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Plugin Installation stucked or failed&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;When you are installing required plugins, it might happen that plugin installation is taking too much time or stucked on a plugin. If this situation occurs, just reload your page and try to install plugins again. If you see any note with message “Failed or try again later”, try to install this plugins again at a later time.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Demo content import failed&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If you cannot import your demo, there can be some possibilities like.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Required plugins are not installed.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Required plugins are not activated.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;There is more that one LMS is activated.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;And last of all you might be&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Facing a hosting issue. Edumodo works on most of the hostings. But some hostings may block certain permissions. To solve this problem, you can contact your hosting provider or ask for our support and we will help you to solve this problem.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;404 Error in all pages&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If you face any 404 face issues, please update your permalink. To update permalink go to Settings -&amp;gt; Permalink and then flash permalink.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Page broken on course page or Style not loaded correctly&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If you ever see your course pages are broken, check if you have 2 lms’s installed. Deactivate and uninstall the unnecessary one.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Edumodo Short Codes list&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;[edumodo-course-info] [edumodo-course-teacher] [edumodo-course-enroll] [edumodo-follow-us][edumodo-related-course] [edumodo-mailchimp] [quick-info] [edumodo-recent-post] [edumodo-related-course] [edumodo-testimonial]&lt;/p&gt;</content>
		<category term="Edumodo" />
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<title>Part 1</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.themexpert.com/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo/part1"/>
		<published>2017-11-06T16:51:05+06:00</published>
		<updated>2017-11-06T16:51:05+06:00</updated>
		<id>https://www.themexpert.com/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo/part1</id>
		<author>
			<name>Parvez Akther</name>
			<email>parvez@themexpert.com</email>
		</author>
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/edumodoo.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;Edumodo&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Key Features&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;8 Homepage style&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag &amp;amp; Drop page builder – Elementor&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;RTL Support&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;LearnPress LMS integration&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Sensie LMS integration&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;LearnDash LMS integration&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Built-in course and lesson type&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Multiple course style : Grid / List&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Multiple teacher style&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Course details page style with pagebuilder&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Teacher page details style with page builder&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Notice page&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Contact form 7 integration&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;weForm integration for course booking&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;WooCommerce support&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Apple TV effect&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Event calendar integrations&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Event listing and details page style&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Testimonial widgets for pagebuilder&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Redux2 Framework&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;CMB2 metabox integration&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Bootstrap framework&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Full responsive&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Megamenu&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Array of built-in page&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Dynamic navigation&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Quick Social sharing&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Animation slider&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Instagram integration&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;1 click installation and dummy data import&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Mailchimp integration&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Huge shortcode collection&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customization&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Flexible blog layout option&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Fast and Excellent support&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Requirements&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In order to run Edumodo smoothly on your server, you need to fulfill this requirement listed below:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Wordpress: 3.9+&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;PHP 5.6+ (Recommended PHP 7.1)&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Elementor Page Builder&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Download&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Head over to &lt;a href=&quot;https://themeforest.net/item/edumodo-allinone-lms-education-theme-for-wordpress/20973202&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot; rel=&quot;noopener&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edumodo download page&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/a&gt; on &lt;strong&gt;www.themeforest.net &lt;/strong&gt;then download the &lt;strong&gt;EdumodoPackage.zip&lt;/strong&gt; file. In this &lt;strong&gt;.zip&lt;/strong&gt; file, you have everything you need.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Video Tutorials&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If text doesn't work for you, well you can try the video tutorials from &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PL5eH3TQ0wUTbFpEGYd_x6F4s5DR4NiAdF&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Installation&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Installing WordPress&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To install this theme, you must have a working version of WordPress already installed on your server. If you need help installing WordPress, go through the link and follow the instructions: &lt;a href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Installing_WordPress&quot; title=&quot;Details process of installing WordPress&quot;&gt;Installing WordPress&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Installing Theme&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;There are a couple of simple steps to install Edumodo theme on your server. It's quite straightforward.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If you are starting from the scratch, we recommend you to follow the installation guide below to install with the pre-built existing demo data. This is the simplest way to get started.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;On the other hand, if you already have an existing WordPress site and want to apply Edumodo theme, in that case, you just need to install the following package:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;edumodo.zip&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can find this package inside the downloaded .zip file of Edumodo theme. So, before getting started with the installation process, &lt;em&gt;Extract&lt;/em&gt; the .zip file and you'll find the desire edumodo.zip in the &lt;strong&gt;Theme&lt;/strong&gt; folder after the extraction.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Log in to the WordPress &lt;a href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Administration_Panels&quot; title=&quot;Administration Panels&quot;&gt;Administration Panels&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Now, go to &lt;code&gt;Appearance&amp;gt; Themes&amp;gt; Add New&amp;gt; Upload Theme&lt;/code&gt; then click on the &lt;strong&gt;Choose File&lt;/strong&gt; button then select the edumodo.zip file and hit upload.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;After installation being done, roll over to &lt;code&gt;Appearance&amp;gt; Themes&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Find just uploaded theme on the Theme Thumbnail area.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click the Activate button below to the theme's thumbnail, to set it as default.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Do not forget to &lt;strong&gt;Activate&lt;/strong&gt; the theme as default after installation process successfully been done.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To know more, visit &lt;a href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Using_Themes&quot;&gt;WordPress Codex&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Step by Step Getting Started Wizard&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/step1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Edumodo&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;As soon as you activate the theme, step by step Getting Started wizard will appear. By following the instructions you will be able to easily install required plugins and demos that you want. In third step of the wizard it will help you to install and activate plugins.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Install &amp;amp; Activate Required Plugins&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;There are ten plugins, required for Edumodo theme to work properly. Those are listed below:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ol&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Edumodo Core: Theme core functionality (CPTs and shortcodes).&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Elementor Page Builder: Drag and Drop page builder.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Redux Framework: Used to build its backend admin panel.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;CMB2: For building meta boxes.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;WPForms : For creating contact form. (Additionally we have also provided support for contact form 7 and weforms.)&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Revolution Slider: Create and use elegant sliders on your site.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;WooCommerce : For selling goods online (optional)&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;The Events Calendar : For creating Events (optional)&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Widgetkit for Elementor: For creating stylish sections.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;LearnPress : Comprehensive LMS Plugin for WordPress (optional)&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ol&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/step2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Edumodo&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Just click on &lt;strong&gt;INSTALL AND ACTIVATE&lt;/strong&gt; button.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Now wait until the plugin installation process is completed.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;If you do not want to install plugins or want to manually install later, click on the &lt;strong&gt;Skip&lt;/strong&gt; button.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/manuplug.png&quot; alt=&quot;Edumodo&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To manually install plugins, do it from WordPress plugins directory and do it in default order. We have provided some plugins in the &lt;strong&gt;Edumodo package folder&lt;/strong&gt;. You can also install those plugins to your website by using &lt;strong&gt;Upload &amp;amp; install&lt;/strong&gt; function of WordPress from plugins options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You might need some more plugins installed and activated, according to the demo you want to import.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Permalink Flash&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Before importing data it is very much important to &lt;code&gt;flash permalink&lt;/code&gt;. Or else your site with imported dummy data may not look exactly like demo. (At first time it is not necessary to flash permalink)&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You must flash permalink before using any LMS or in time of switching from one LMS to another.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/permalink.png&quot; alt=&quot;Edumodo&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To flash permalink&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Settings &amp;gt; Permalinks&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;From Common settings choose &lt;code&gt;Post name&lt;/code&gt; and click save changes.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Now you can import demo data perfectly.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If you still face any problem check the video below and install and import demo data after wathcing the video.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;iframe src=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/embed/6CgotosdJkI&quot; width=&quot;790&quot; height=&quot;500&quot; frameborder=&quot;0&quot; allow=&quot;accelerometer; autoplay; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture&quot; allowfullscreen=&quot;allowfullscreen&quot;&gt;&lt;/iframe&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Import Demo Data&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can import demo data at the moment &lt;strong&gt;Getting Started wizard&lt;/strong&gt; starts. Or try the following procedure.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You must have installed all the required plugins, before you import any demo data. For importing demo of any LMS, (deactivate any other LMS first) download &amp;amp; install your preferred LMS and then try to import demo data. For importing demo data of kids layout, first install kids child theme, activate it then import it.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Log in to the WordPress &lt;a href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Administration_Panels&quot; title=&quot;Administration Panels&quot;&gt;Administration Panels&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Edumodo&amp;gt; Import Demo&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/importdemo1.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Edumodo&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Chose the layout and click on &lt;code&gt;Install&lt;/code&gt; button.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;code&gt;Import&lt;/code&gt;. &lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/importdemo.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;Edumodo&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;It will take some time to load all demo data on your server. Wait till it shows you a successful data importing message.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Kids layout Demo data import&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To import the demo data of kids layout, at first you &lt;strong&gt;must install the child theme&lt;/strong&gt; that is provided with the theme package. After the installation is complete, activate it and now you can import demo data of kids layout. Now import the demo data in regular way.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Child Theme&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In the edumodo package there is two child theme available in it. Kids-child.zip is for using the kids layout and edumodo-child.zip is for inheriting the functionality and styles of the main theme.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If you cannnot activate the child theme, you can watch the video below to do it.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;iframe src=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/embed/H2I491JpIUM&quot; width=&quot;790&quot; height=&quot;500&quot; frameborder=&quot;0&quot; allow=&quot;accelerometer; autoplay; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture&quot; allowfullscreen=&quot;allowfullscreen&quot;&gt;&lt;/iframe&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Updating theme&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Remaining in the backdated versions may slow down performance of the theme and you might miss the latest features. You can update edumodo in two ways, manually or automatically.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Automatic update&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;We recommend you to update theme automatically because it the best practice and you won't have to face any hassle.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to this link &lt;a href=&quot;https://envato.github.io/wp-envato-market/dist/envato-market.zip&quot;&gt;https://envato.github.io/wp-envato-market/dist/envato-market.zip&lt;/a&gt; and download &lt;strong&gt;Envato Market plugin&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Now install and activate it.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on Envato Market and generate personal token. &lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/envato.png&quot; alt=&quot;Edumodo&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Sign in with your login details and agree the terms and conditions.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Create Token&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Now copy and paste it on the token field of your sites token field.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;After you click on save changes, you will get notification for updates and you will be able to update your theme automatically.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;You can view the video details of this process from below.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;iframe src=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/embed/Grf7uAharrw&quot; width=&quot;790&quot; height=&quot;500&quot; frameborder=&quot;0&quot; allow=&quot;accelerometer; autoplay; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture&quot; allowfullscreen=&quot;allowfullscreen&quot;&gt;&lt;/iframe&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Manually update&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To manually update we recommed you to use a file manager.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;First go to the cPanel of your site or use an FTP program like Filezilla to explore the root directory of your site.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Now go to public_html/wp-content/themes or in your themes folder. &lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/manuupdel.png&quot; alt=&quot;Edumodo&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Find the theme name &lt;strong&gt;edumodo&lt;/strong&gt; or whatever name is and delete it.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Now from latest &lt;strong&gt;Edumodo Package&lt;/strong&gt; folder (which you have downloaded from envato) go to &lt;code&gt;Theme&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Extract &lt;strong&gt;edumodo.zip&lt;/strong&gt; and upload the theme in that folder. (If your theme name was &lt;strong&gt;academia&lt;/strong&gt;, you must rename extracted theme name to &lt;strong&gt;academia&lt;/strong&gt; too.) &lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/manuupup11.png&quot; alt=&quot;Edumodo&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If you manually update your theme, you must update &lt;strong&gt;edumodo core&lt;/strong&gt; plugin.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Now reload your site. Your theme is now updated.
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If your site is set to automatic update there is no need to update theme manually.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Updating Edumodo Core Plugin&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;First go to the cPanel of your site or use an FTP program like Filezilla to explore the root directory of your site.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Now go to public_html/wp-content/plugins or in your themes &lt;strong&gt;plugins&lt;/strong&gt; folder. &lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/coredel1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Edumodo&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Delete &lt;strong&gt;edumodo-core&lt;/strong&gt; folder.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Now from latest &lt;strong&gt;Edumodo Package&lt;/strong&gt; folder (which you have downloaded from envato) go to &lt;code&gt;Plugins&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Extract &lt;strong&gt;edumodo.zip&lt;/strong&gt; and go to plugins folder. &lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/coreex1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Edumodo&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Extract &lt;strong&gt;edumodo-core.zip&lt;/strong&gt; and upload the this folder to public_html/wp-content/plugins or in your themes &lt;strong&gt;plugins&lt;/strong&gt; folder. &lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/coreup1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Edumodo&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Now reload your site. Your core plugin is now updated.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Events Settings&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/events.png&quot; alt=&quot;Edumodo&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To get the default style of template demos of event calendar, you have to configure it. After importing the demo,&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to `Events &amp;gt; Settings&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Now select display tab.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Under &lt;code&gt;Events template&lt;/code&gt;, select &lt;strong&gt;Default Events Template&lt;/strong&gt; and click save changes.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Now you will get all the default styling for events calendar.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You must install main theme, before installing child theme.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Theme Settings&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can differently customize theme according to your need using Easy Customization feature.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Appearance&lt;/strong&gt; at left-bottom corner of the module screen to open up &lt;em&gt;Edumodo Options&lt;/em&gt; panel.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;General Settings&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/genrall_setting.png&quot; alt=&quot;Global Settings&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Enable Breadcrumb&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you the control over enabling or disabling &lt;em&gt;breadcrumb&lt;/em&gt; for your site.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Home Breadcrumb Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Give the title you want to show on your Home Breadcrumb.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Archive Page Breadcrumb Title&lt;/strong&gt; : From here you can set custom title for archive page breadcrumb.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Back-to-Top Button&lt;/strong&gt; : This option allows you to enable or disable “back to top button”. By clicking in this button user will be able to move to top without scrolling.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Select Back-to-Top Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Select the style for your back to top button from here. There are a total of two different styles available for this button.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Hide On Small Device&lt;/strong&gt; : If you do not want to show “Back to Top Button” on your mobile devices or any small devices than turn this option on.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;RTL&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/rtl_setting.png&quot; alt=&quot;Global Settings&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Enable RTL&lt;/strong&gt; : To enable rtl support on your site, enable this option. If you do not want to use any rtl supported languages, keep it disabled.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Language 1&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the name of your language 1 which will be shown on your header.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;URL 1&lt;/strong&gt; : Put to URL of language 1 at here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Language 2&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the name of your language 2 which will be shown on your header.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;URL 2&lt;/strong&gt; : Put to URL of language 2 at here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Default Language&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the default language that you want to show on your site.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Header&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/headerr_option.png&quot; alt=&quot;Header&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Top Phone Number&lt;/strong&gt; : Write the phone number of your company that you want to show on top of your site.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Top Email&lt;/strong&gt; : Write the email of your company that you want to show on top of your site.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Logo&lt;/strong&gt; : Upload your branding logo using the &lt;strong&gt;Upload&lt;/strong&gt; button.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Transparent Logo&lt;/strong&gt; : Upload your transparent branding logo using the &lt;strong&gt;Upload&lt;/strong&gt; button.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Sticky Header&lt;/strong&gt; : Make your header sticky by enabling this option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Transparent Header&lt;/strong&gt; : With this option you can make nav and header transparent, which are on homepage only.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom Header&lt;/strong&gt; : To customize header enable this option else keep it disabled.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Menu Area Height&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize the height of menu area of header from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Header Area Height&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize the header area height from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Enable Header&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you the control over enabling or disabling &lt;em&gt;header&lt;/em&gt; for your site.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Enable Header in Single Post&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to enable or disable &lt;em&gt;header&lt;/em&gt; in the single post.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Select Header&lt;/strong&gt; : Select your preferred header variation from here. The one you will select will be visible on your site.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Menu&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/menuu_options.png&quot; alt=&quot;Header Options&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Main Menu&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize your main menu typography from here. You can change font, weight, style, size and line height from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Menu text Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply preferred color to your menu text color from here, you can even make it transparent by ticking on transparent option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Transparent Menu Text Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply preferred color to your transparent menu text from here, you can also make it transparent by ticking on transparent option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Menu Background Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply preferred color to your menu background color from here, you can even make it transparent by ticking on transparent option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Menu Hover/Active Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Select your preferred menu hover color from here, or make it transparent by ticking on transparent option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Sub Menu&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize your sub menu typography from here. You can change font, weight, style, size and line height from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Sub Menu Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply preferred color to your sub menu text color from here, you can even make it transparent by ticking on transparent option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Sub Menu Background Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply preferred color to your sub menu background color from here, you can even make it transparent by ticking on transparent option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Sub Menu Hover/Active Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Select your preferred sub menu hover color from here, or make it transparent by ticking on transparent option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Social Sharing&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/sociall_sharing.png&quot; alt=&quot;Header Options&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Facebook&lt;/strong&gt; : Put your facebook link at this field.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Twitter&lt;/strong&gt; : Put your twitter link at this field.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Instagram&lt;/strong&gt; : Put your instagram link at this field.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Linkedin&lt;/strong&gt; : Put your linkedin link at this field.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Google Plus&lt;/strong&gt; : Put your google plus link at this field.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Whatsapp&lt;/strong&gt; : Put your whatsapp link at this field.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Youtube&lt;/strong&gt; : Put your youtube link at this field.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Skype&lt;/strong&gt; : Put your skype link at this field.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Snapchat&lt;/strong&gt; : Put your Snapchat link at this field.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Background Image&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/backgroundd_image.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;Custom Style&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Category Page Header Background Image&lt;/strong&gt; : Set your preferred image for category page header background.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Sensei Archive Page Header Background image&lt;/strong&gt; : Set your preferred image for sensei archive page header background.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;LearnPress Archive Page Header Background image&lt;/strong&gt; : Set your preferred image for learnpress archive page header background.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Shop Page Header Background Image&lt;/strong&gt; : Set your preferred image for shop page header background.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Event Page Header Background Image&lt;/strong&gt; : Set your preferred image for event page header background image.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Teachers Archive Page Header Background Image&lt;/strong&gt; : Set your preferred image for teachers archive page header background.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Search Page Header Background Image&lt;/strong&gt; : Set your preferred image for search page header background.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;404 Image&lt;/strong&gt; : Set your preferred image for 404 redirection page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Blog&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/blo_gg.png&quot; alt=&quot;Background Image&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Blog Layout&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose your preferred layout for your blog. Currently there are two layouts available - List view and Grid view.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Blog Page Sidebar&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the position for blog page sidebar.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Single Page Sidebar&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the position for single page sidebar.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Related Post&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to enable or disable related post on your site.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Single Page Social Share&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to enable or disable blog social share on your site.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Custom Style&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/customm_style.png&quot; alt=&quot;Sidebar Settings&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom Theme Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to enable or disable custom theme color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Body Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Select your preferred body color from here or make it transparent by ticking on transparent option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Primary Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Select your preferred primary color from here ank you can also make it transparent by ticking on transparent option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Secondary Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Select your preferred secondary color from here ank you can also make it transparent by ticking on transparent option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom CSS Code&lt;/strong&gt; : Put your custom css code at here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom JS Code&lt;/strong&gt; : Put you custom JS code at here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Custom Fonts&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/customm_fonts.png&quot; alt=&quot;Custom Fonts&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Enable or disable custom font options&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to enable or disable custom font options.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Body Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize and set the typography for your websites body from here. Set font, weight, style, subsets, alignment, size, height, and color from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Heading Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize and set the typography for your websites heading from here. Set Font family, weight, style, and text align from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Notice&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/noticc_e.png&quot; alt=&quot;Custom Fonts&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Single Page Sidebar Position&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the position of single page sidebar.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;TX Course&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;Archive Page&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/txarchivee_page.png&quot; alt=&quot;Header Options&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Archive Page Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Give a suitable title to your archive page from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Course Per Page&lt;/strong&gt; : Define how many course you want to show per page at here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Courses Fixed Height&lt;/strong&gt; : If you want fixed height of your courses than enable this option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Set Courses Fixed Height&lt;/strong&gt; : Increase or decrease courses fixed height from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Image Size&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the image size for archive page from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Courses Title Length&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the Courses title length from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Courses Content Length&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the length of courses content from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Archive Courses Date&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to enable or disable archive courses date.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Archive Courses Views&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to enable or disable archive courses views.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;Single Page&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/txsinglee_page.png&quot; alt=&quot;Header Options&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;weForms Shortcode&lt;/strong&gt; : Put your weForms shortcode at here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Courses Date&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to enable or disable courses date from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Course Views&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to enable or disable course views.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Course Category&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to enable or disable course category.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Image Size&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the image size for single page from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Learnpress&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/learnpress_s.png&quot; alt=&quot;Learnpress&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Popup Login/Registration&lt;/strong&gt; :&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;Archive Page&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/learnpressarchivee_page.png&quot; alt=&quot;Learnpress&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Column&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose how many columns you want in your learnpress archive press.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;Single Page&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/learnpresssinglee_page.png&quot; alt=&quot;Learnpress&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Single Course Layout&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose your preferred learnpress single course style from three different styles.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Page Background Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Pick a color you like for your page background.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Excerpt Length&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the excerpt word length of your single course layout.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Created by&lt;/strong&gt; : Enable this option to show the author of the course in the layout.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Last Update&lt;/strong&gt; : Enable this option to show last when the course was updated.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Category&lt;/strong&gt; : Enable this option if you want to use category on your single learnpress course layout.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Enrolled&lt;/strong&gt; : Enable this option to show the number of total students of your course.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Related Courses&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to enable or disable single page related courses for learnpress lms.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;LearnDash&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/learndash_h.png&quot; alt=&quot;Learnpress&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Single Course Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the course layout style for the learndash lms from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Widget Divider&lt;/strong&gt; : This option adds a divider in between your widgets.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Single Page Post Tags&lt;/strong&gt; : Show or hide the post tag on your course with this option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Single Page Last Updated&lt;/strong&gt; : Show or hide the date of last update with this option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Single Page Related Courses&lt;/strong&gt; : Show or hide related courses on your course.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Related Courses Hide Small Device&lt;/strong&gt; : If you want to hide related courses on small device screens, than enable this option. After enabling this option, your viewers won’t be able to see any related courses on their small device.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Related Courses Content&lt;/strong&gt; : Enable this option if you want to show summary of your content in related courses.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content Length&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the content length of related courses from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;See More Text&lt;/strong&gt; : Write your text that you want to replace in the field of “See More Text”.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Footer&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/footee_r.png&quot; alt=&quot;Copyright&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Footer Layout&lt;/strong&gt; : There are a total of 2 footer layouts available. Choose the one that suits best with your website.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Footer Columns&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the number of footer columns from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Hover Text Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the text color when mouse is hovered. You can also make it transparent by ticking on transparent box.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Footer Background &lt;/strong&gt; : Select the color for footer background from here. If you wish you can make it transparent by ticking on transparent.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Copyright Hover Text Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Select the color that you want to see upon hovering on copyright text. If you wish you can make it transparent by ticking on transparent.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Copyright Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Select the color that you want to see on copyright background. If you wish you can make it transparent by ticking on transparent.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Show ThemesGrove Credit?&lt;/strong&gt; : By enabling or disabling this option you can show or hide ThemesGrove credit.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Footer Social&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle this option to disable or enable social options on footer.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Import / Export&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/imporr_t.png&quot; alt=&quot;Import / Export&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Import from file&lt;/strong&gt; : This button allows you to import your custom theme settings if you have preserved any.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Import from URL&lt;/strong&gt; : This button allows you to import your custom theme settings from URL.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Download Data File&lt;/strong&gt; : This button allows you to download the theme options as a &lt;strong&gt;.json&lt;/strong&gt; file for further use in any other wp-themes. You just have to import that .json file using the &lt;strong&gt;Import&lt;/strong&gt; button then.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;</summary>
		<content type="html">&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/edumodoo.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;Edumodo&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Key Features&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;8 Homepage style&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Drag &amp;amp; Drop page builder – Elementor&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;RTL Support&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;LearnPress LMS integration&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Sensie LMS integration&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;LearnDash LMS integration&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Built-in course and lesson type&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Multiple course style : Grid / List&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Multiple teacher style&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Course details page style with pagebuilder&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Teacher page details style with page builder&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Notice page&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Contact form 7 integration&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;weForm integration for course booking&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;WooCommerce support&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Apple TV effect&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Event calendar integrations&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Event listing and details page style&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Testimonial widgets for pagebuilder&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Redux2 Framework&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;CMB2 metabox integration&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Bootstrap framework&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Full responsive&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Megamenu&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Array of built-in page&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Dynamic navigation&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Quick Social sharing&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Animation slider&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Instagram integration&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;1 click installation and dummy data import&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Mailchimp integration&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Huge shortcode collection&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Customization&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Flexible blog layout option&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Fast and Excellent support&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Requirements&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In order to run Edumodo smoothly on your server, you need to fulfill this requirement listed below:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Wordpress: 3.9+&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;PHP 5.6+ (Recommended PHP 7.1)&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Elementor Page Builder&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Download&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Head over to &lt;a href=&quot;https://themeforest.net/item/edumodo-allinone-lms-education-theme-for-wordpress/20973202&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot; rel=&quot;noopener&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Edumodo download page&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/a&gt; on &lt;strong&gt;www.themeforest.net &lt;/strong&gt;then download the &lt;strong&gt;EdumodoPackage.zip&lt;/strong&gt; file. In this &lt;strong&gt;.zip&lt;/strong&gt; file, you have everything you need.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Video Tutorials&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If text doesn't work for you, well you can try the video tutorials from &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PL5eH3TQ0wUTbFpEGYd_x6F4s5DR4NiAdF&quot;&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Installation&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Installing WordPress&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To install this theme, you must have a working version of WordPress already installed on your server. If you need help installing WordPress, go through the link and follow the instructions: &lt;a href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Installing_WordPress&quot; title=&quot;Details process of installing WordPress&quot;&gt;Installing WordPress&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Installing Theme&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;There are a couple of simple steps to install Edumodo theme on your server. It's quite straightforward.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If you are starting from the scratch, we recommend you to follow the installation guide below to install with the pre-built existing demo data. This is the simplest way to get started.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;On the other hand, if you already have an existing WordPress site and want to apply Edumodo theme, in that case, you just need to install the following package:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;edumodo.zip&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can find this package inside the downloaded .zip file of Edumodo theme. So, before getting started with the installation process, &lt;em&gt;Extract&lt;/em&gt; the .zip file and you'll find the desire edumodo.zip in the &lt;strong&gt;Theme&lt;/strong&gt; folder after the extraction.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Log in to the WordPress &lt;a href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Administration_Panels&quot; title=&quot;Administration Panels&quot;&gt;Administration Panels&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Now, go to &lt;code&gt;Appearance&amp;gt; Themes&amp;gt; Add New&amp;gt; Upload Theme&lt;/code&gt; then click on the &lt;strong&gt;Choose File&lt;/strong&gt; button then select the edumodo.zip file and hit upload.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;After installation being done, roll over to &lt;code&gt;Appearance&amp;gt; Themes&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Find just uploaded theme on the Theme Thumbnail area.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click the Activate button below to the theme's thumbnail, to set it as default.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Do not forget to &lt;strong&gt;Activate&lt;/strong&gt; the theme as default after installation process successfully been done.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To know more, visit &lt;a href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Using_Themes&quot;&gt;WordPress Codex&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Step by Step Getting Started Wizard&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/step1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Edumodo&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;As soon as you activate the theme, step by step Getting Started wizard will appear. By following the instructions you will be able to easily install required plugins and demos that you want. In third step of the wizard it will help you to install and activate plugins.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Install &amp;amp; Activate Required Plugins&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;There are ten plugins, required for Edumodo theme to work properly. Those are listed below:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ol&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Edumodo Core: Theme core functionality (CPTs and shortcodes).&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Elementor Page Builder: Drag and Drop page builder.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Redux Framework: Used to build its backend admin panel.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;CMB2: For building meta boxes.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;WPForms : For creating contact form. (Additionally we have also provided support for contact form 7 and weforms.)&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Revolution Slider: Create and use elegant sliders on your site.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;WooCommerce : For selling goods online (optional)&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;The Events Calendar : For creating Events (optional)&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Widgetkit for Elementor: For creating stylish sections.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;LearnPress : Comprehensive LMS Plugin for WordPress (optional)&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ol&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/step2.png&quot; alt=&quot;Edumodo&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Just click on &lt;strong&gt;INSTALL AND ACTIVATE&lt;/strong&gt; button.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Now wait until the plugin installation process is completed.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;If you do not want to install plugins or want to manually install later, click on the &lt;strong&gt;Skip&lt;/strong&gt; button.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/manuplug.png&quot; alt=&quot;Edumodo&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To manually install plugins, do it from WordPress plugins directory and do it in default order. We have provided some plugins in the &lt;strong&gt;Edumodo package folder&lt;/strong&gt;. You can also install those plugins to your website by using &lt;strong&gt;Upload &amp;amp; install&lt;/strong&gt; function of WordPress from plugins options.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You might need some more plugins installed and activated, according to the demo you want to import.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Permalink Flash&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Before importing data it is very much important to &lt;code&gt;flash permalink&lt;/code&gt;. Or else your site with imported dummy data may not look exactly like demo. (At first time it is not necessary to flash permalink)&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You must flash permalink before using any LMS or in time of switching from one LMS to another.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/permalink.png&quot; alt=&quot;Edumodo&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To flash permalink&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Settings &amp;gt; Permalinks&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;From Common settings choose &lt;code&gt;Post name&lt;/code&gt; and click save changes.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Now you can import demo data perfectly.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If you still face any problem check the video below and install and import demo data after wathcing the video.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;iframe src=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/embed/6CgotosdJkI&quot; width=&quot;790&quot; height=&quot;500&quot; frameborder=&quot;0&quot; allow=&quot;accelerometer; autoplay; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture&quot; allowfullscreen=&quot;allowfullscreen&quot;&gt;&lt;/iframe&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Import Demo Data&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can import demo data at the moment &lt;strong&gt;Getting Started wizard&lt;/strong&gt; starts. Or try the following procedure.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You must have installed all the required plugins, before you import any demo data. For importing demo of any LMS, (deactivate any other LMS first) download &amp;amp; install your preferred LMS and then try to import demo data. For importing demo data of kids layout, first install kids child theme, activate it then import it.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Log in to the WordPress &lt;a href=&quot;https://codex.wordpress.org/Administration_Panels&quot; title=&quot;Administration Panels&quot;&gt;Administration Panels&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to &lt;code&gt;Edumodo&amp;gt; Import Demo&lt;/code&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/importdemo1.PNG&quot; alt=&quot;Edumodo&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Chose the layout and click on &lt;code&gt;Install&lt;/code&gt; button.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;code&gt;Import&lt;/code&gt;. &lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/importdemo.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;Edumodo&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;It will take some time to load all demo data on your server. Wait till it shows you a successful data importing message.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Kids layout Demo data import&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To import the demo data of kids layout, at first you &lt;strong&gt;must install the child theme&lt;/strong&gt; that is provided with the theme package. After the installation is complete, activate it and now you can import demo data of kids layout. Now import the demo data in regular way.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Child Theme&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In the edumodo package there is two child theme available in it. Kids-child.zip is for using the kids layout and edumodo-child.zip is for inheriting the functionality and styles of the main theme.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If you cannnot activate the child theme, you can watch the video below to do it.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;iframe src=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/embed/H2I491JpIUM&quot; width=&quot;790&quot; height=&quot;500&quot; frameborder=&quot;0&quot; allow=&quot;accelerometer; autoplay; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture&quot; allowfullscreen=&quot;allowfullscreen&quot;&gt;&lt;/iframe&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Updating theme&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Remaining in the backdated versions may slow down performance of the theme and you might miss the latest features. You can update edumodo in two ways, manually or automatically.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Automatic update&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;We recommend you to update theme automatically because it the best practice and you won't have to face any hassle.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to this link &lt;a href=&quot;https://envato.github.io/wp-envato-market/dist/envato-market.zip&quot;&gt;https://envato.github.io/wp-envato-market/dist/envato-market.zip&lt;/a&gt; and download &lt;strong&gt;Envato Market plugin&lt;/strong&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Now install and activate it.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on Envato Market and generate personal token. &lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/envato.png&quot; alt=&quot;Edumodo&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Sign in with your login details and agree the terms and conditions.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Create Token&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Now copy and paste it on the token field of your sites token field.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;After you click on save changes, you will get notification for updates and you will be able to update your theme automatically.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;You can view the video details of this process from below.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;iframe src=&quot;https://www.youtube.com/embed/Grf7uAharrw&quot; width=&quot;790&quot; height=&quot;500&quot; frameborder=&quot;0&quot; allow=&quot;accelerometer; autoplay; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture&quot; allowfullscreen=&quot;allowfullscreen&quot;&gt;&lt;/iframe&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Manually update&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To manually update we recommed you to use a file manager.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;First go to the cPanel of your site or use an FTP program like Filezilla to explore the root directory of your site.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Now go to public_html/wp-content/themes or in your themes folder. &lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/manuupdel.png&quot; alt=&quot;Edumodo&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Find the theme name &lt;strong&gt;edumodo&lt;/strong&gt; or whatever name is and delete it.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Now from latest &lt;strong&gt;Edumodo Package&lt;/strong&gt; folder (which you have downloaded from envato) go to &lt;code&gt;Theme&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Extract &lt;strong&gt;edumodo.zip&lt;/strong&gt; and upload the theme in that folder. (If your theme name was &lt;strong&gt;academia&lt;/strong&gt;, you must rename extracted theme name to &lt;strong&gt;academia&lt;/strong&gt; too.) &lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/manuupup11.png&quot; alt=&quot;Edumodo&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If you manually update your theme, you must update &lt;strong&gt;edumodo core&lt;/strong&gt; plugin.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Now reload your site. Your theme is now updated.
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If your site is set to automatic update there is no need to update theme manually.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Updating Edumodo Core Plugin&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;First go to the cPanel of your site or use an FTP program like Filezilla to explore the root directory of your site.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Now go to public_html/wp-content/plugins or in your themes &lt;strong&gt;plugins&lt;/strong&gt; folder. &lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/coredel1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Edumodo&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Delete &lt;strong&gt;edumodo-core&lt;/strong&gt; folder.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Now from latest &lt;strong&gt;Edumodo Package&lt;/strong&gt; folder (which you have downloaded from envato) go to &lt;code&gt;Plugins&lt;/code&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Extract &lt;strong&gt;edumodo.zip&lt;/strong&gt; and go to plugins folder. &lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/coreex1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Edumodo&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Extract &lt;strong&gt;edumodo-core.zip&lt;/strong&gt; and upload the this folder to public_html/wp-content/plugins or in your themes &lt;strong&gt;plugins&lt;/strong&gt; folder. &lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/coreup1.png&quot; alt=&quot;Edumodo&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Now reload your site. Your core plugin is now updated.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Events Settings&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/events.png&quot; alt=&quot;Edumodo&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To get the default style of template demos of event calendar, you have to configure it. After importing the demo,&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Go to `Events &amp;gt; Settings&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Now select display tab.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Under &lt;code&gt;Events template&lt;/code&gt;, select &lt;strong&gt;Default Events Template&lt;/strong&gt; and click save changes.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Now you will get all the default styling for events calendar.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;blockquote&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You must install main theme, before installing child theme.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;/blockquote&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;Theme Settings&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;You can differently customize theme according to your need using Easy Customization feature.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;Click on &lt;strong&gt;Appearance&lt;/strong&gt; at left-bottom corner of the module screen to open up &lt;em&gt;Edumodo Options&lt;/em&gt; panel.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;General Settings&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/genrall_setting.png&quot; alt=&quot;Global Settings&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Enable Breadcrumb&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you the control over enabling or disabling &lt;em&gt;breadcrumb&lt;/em&gt; for your site.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Home Breadcrumb Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Give the title you want to show on your Home Breadcrumb.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Archive Page Breadcrumb Title&lt;/strong&gt; : From here you can set custom title for archive page breadcrumb.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Back-to-Top Button&lt;/strong&gt; : This option allows you to enable or disable “back to top button”. By clicking in this button user will be able to move to top without scrolling.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Select Back-to-Top Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Select the style for your back to top button from here. There are a total of two different styles available for this button.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Hide On Small Device&lt;/strong&gt; : If you do not want to show “Back to Top Button” on your mobile devices or any small devices than turn this option on.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;RTL&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/rtl_setting.png&quot; alt=&quot;Global Settings&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Enable RTL&lt;/strong&gt; : To enable rtl support on your site, enable this option. If you do not want to use any rtl supported languages, keep it disabled.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Language 1&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the name of your language 1 which will be shown on your header.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;URL 1&lt;/strong&gt; : Put to URL of language 1 at here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Language 2&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the name of your language 2 which will be shown on your header.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;URL 2&lt;/strong&gt; : Put to URL of language 2 at here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Default Language&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the default language that you want to show on your site.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Header&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/headerr_option.png&quot; alt=&quot;Header&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Top Phone Number&lt;/strong&gt; : Write the phone number of your company that you want to show on top of your site.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Top Email&lt;/strong&gt; : Write the email of your company that you want to show on top of your site.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Logo&lt;/strong&gt; : Upload your branding logo using the &lt;strong&gt;Upload&lt;/strong&gt; button.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Transparent Logo&lt;/strong&gt; : Upload your transparent branding logo using the &lt;strong&gt;Upload&lt;/strong&gt; button.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Sticky Header&lt;/strong&gt; : Make your header sticky by enabling this option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Transparent Header&lt;/strong&gt; : With this option you can make nav and header transparent, which are on homepage only.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom Header&lt;/strong&gt; : To customize header enable this option else keep it disabled.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Menu Area Height&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize the height of menu area of header from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Header Area Height&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize the header area height from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Enable Header&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you the control over enabling or disabling &lt;em&gt;header&lt;/em&gt; for your site.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Enable Header in Single Post&lt;/strong&gt; : Allows you to enable or disable &lt;em&gt;header&lt;/em&gt; in the single post.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Select Header&lt;/strong&gt; : Select your preferred header variation from here. The one you will select will be visible on your site.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Menu&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/menuu_options.png&quot; alt=&quot;Header Options&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Main Menu&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize your main menu typography from here. You can change font, weight, style, size and line height from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Menu text Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply preferred color to your menu text color from here, you can even make it transparent by ticking on transparent option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Transparent Menu Text Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply preferred color to your transparent menu text from here, you can also make it transparent by ticking on transparent option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Menu Background Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply preferred color to your menu background color from here, you can even make it transparent by ticking on transparent option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Menu Hover/Active Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Select your preferred menu hover color from here, or make it transparent by ticking on transparent option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Sub Menu&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize your sub menu typography from here. You can change font, weight, style, size and line height from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Sub Menu Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply preferred color to your sub menu text color from here, you can even make it transparent by ticking on transparent option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Sub Menu Background Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Apply preferred color to your sub menu background color from here, you can even make it transparent by ticking on transparent option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Sub Menu Hover/Active Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Select your preferred sub menu hover color from here, or make it transparent by ticking on transparent option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Social Sharing&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/sociall_sharing.png&quot; alt=&quot;Header Options&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Facebook&lt;/strong&gt; : Put your facebook link at this field.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Twitter&lt;/strong&gt; : Put your twitter link at this field.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Instagram&lt;/strong&gt; : Put your instagram link at this field.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Linkedin&lt;/strong&gt; : Put your linkedin link at this field.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Google Plus&lt;/strong&gt; : Put your google plus link at this field.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Whatsapp&lt;/strong&gt; : Put your whatsapp link at this field.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Youtube&lt;/strong&gt; : Put your youtube link at this field.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Skype&lt;/strong&gt; : Put your skype link at this field.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Snapchat&lt;/strong&gt; : Put your Snapchat link at this field.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Background Image&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/backgroundd_image.jpg&quot; alt=&quot;Custom Style&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Category Page Header Background Image&lt;/strong&gt; : Set your preferred image for category page header background.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Sensei Archive Page Header Background image&lt;/strong&gt; : Set your preferred image for sensei archive page header background.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;LearnPress Archive Page Header Background image&lt;/strong&gt; : Set your preferred image for learnpress archive page header background.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Shop Page Header Background Image&lt;/strong&gt; : Set your preferred image for shop page header background.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Event Page Header Background Image&lt;/strong&gt; : Set your preferred image for event page header background image.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Teachers Archive Page Header Background Image&lt;/strong&gt; : Set your preferred image for teachers archive page header background.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Search Page Header Background Image&lt;/strong&gt; : Set your preferred image for search page header background.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;404 Image&lt;/strong&gt; : Set your preferred image for 404 redirection page.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Blog&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/blo_gg.png&quot; alt=&quot;Background Image&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Blog Layout&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose your preferred layout for your blog. Currently there are two layouts available - List view and Grid view.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Blog Page Sidebar&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the position for blog page sidebar.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Single Page Sidebar&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the position for single page sidebar.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Related Post&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to enable or disable related post on your site.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Single Page Social Share&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to enable or disable blog social share on your site.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Custom Style&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/customm_style.png&quot; alt=&quot;Sidebar Settings&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom Theme Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to enable or disable custom theme color.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Body Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Select your preferred body color from here or make it transparent by ticking on transparent option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Primary Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Select your preferred primary color from here ank you can also make it transparent by ticking on transparent option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Secondary Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Select your preferred secondary color from here ank you can also make it transparent by ticking on transparent option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom CSS Code&lt;/strong&gt; : Put your custom css code at here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Custom JS Code&lt;/strong&gt; : Put you custom JS code at here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Custom Fonts&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/customm_fonts.png&quot; alt=&quot;Custom Fonts&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Enable or disable custom font options&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to enable or disable custom font options.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Body Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize and set the typography for your websites body from here. Set font, weight, style, subsets, alignment, size, height, and color from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Heading Typography&lt;/strong&gt; : Customize and set the typography for your websites heading from here. Set Font family, weight, style, and text align from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Notice&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/noticc_e.png&quot; alt=&quot;Custom Fonts&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Single Page Sidebar Position&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the position of single page sidebar.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;TX Course&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;Archive Page&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/txarchivee_page.png&quot; alt=&quot;Header Options&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Archive Page Title&lt;/strong&gt; : Give a suitable title to your archive page from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Course Per Page&lt;/strong&gt; : Define how many course you want to show per page at here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Courses Fixed Height&lt;/strong&gt; : If you want fixed height of your courses than enable this option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Set Courses Fixed Height&lt;/strong&gt; : Increase or decrease courses fixed height from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Image Size&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the image size for archive page from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Courses Title Length&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the Courses title length from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Courses Content Length&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the length of courses content from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Archive Courses Date&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to enable or disable archive courses date.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Archive Courses Views&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to enable or disable archive courses views.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;Single Page&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/txsinglee_page.png&quot; alt=&quot;Header Options&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;weForms Shortcode&lt;/strong&gt; : Put your weForms shortcode at here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Courses Date&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to enable or disable courses date from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Course Views&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to enable or disable course views.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Course Category&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to enable or disable course category.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Image Size&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the image size for single page from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Learnpress&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/learnpress_s.png&quot; alt=&quot;Learnpress&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Popup Login/Registration&lt;/strong&gt; :&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;Archive Page&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/learnpressarchivee_page.png&quot; alt=&quot;Learnpress&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Column&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose how many columns you want in your learnpress archive press.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h4&gt;Single Page&lt;/h4&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/learnpresssinglee_page.png&quot; alt=&quot;Learnpress&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Single Course Layout&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose your preferred learnpress single course style from three different styles.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Page Background Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Pick a color you like for your page background.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Excerpt Length&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the excerpt word length of your single course layout.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Created by&lt;/strong&gt; : Enable this option to show the author of the course in the layout.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Last Update&lt;/strong&gt; : Enable this option to show last when the course was updated.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Category&lt;/strong&gt; : Enable this option if you want to use category on your single learnpress course layout.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Enrolled&lt;/strong&gt; : Enable this option to show the number of total students of your course.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Related Courses&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle to enable or disable single page related courses for learnpress lms.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;LearnDash&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/learndash_h.png&quot; alt=&quot;Learnpress&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Single Course Style&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the course layout style for the learndash lms from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Widget Divider&lt;/strong&gt; : This option adds a divider in between your widgets.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Single Page Post Tags&lt;/strong&gt; : Show or hide the post tag on your course with this option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Single Page Last Updated&lt;/strong&gt; : Show or hide the date of last update with this option.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Single Page Related Courses&lt;/strong&gt; : Show or hide related courses on your course.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Related Courses Hide Small Device&lt;/strong&gt; : If you want to hide related courses on small device screens, than enable this option. After enabling this option, your viewers won’t be able to see any related courses on their small device.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Related Courses Content&lt;/strong&gt; : Enable this option if you want to show summary of your content in related courses.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Content Length&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the content length of related courses from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;See More Text&lt;/strong&gt; : Write your text that you want to replace in the field of “See More Text”.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Footer&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/footee_r.png&quot; alt=&quot;Copyright&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Footer Layout&lt;/strong&gt; : There are a total of 2 footer layouts available. Choose the one that suits best with your website.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Footer Columns&lt;/strong&gt; : Define the number of footer columns from here.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Hover Text Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Choose the text color when mouse is hovered. You can also make it transparent by ticking on transparent box.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Footer Background &lt;/strong&gt; : Select the color for footer background from here. If you wish you can make it transparent by ticking on transparent.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Copyright Hover Text Color&lt;/strong&gt; : Select the color that you want to see upon hovering on copyright text. If you wish you can make it transparent by ticking on transparent.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Copyright Background&lt;/strong&gt; : Select the color that you want to see on copyright background. If you wish you can make it transparent by ticking on transparent.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Show ThemesGrove Credit?&lt;/strong&gt; : By enabling or disabling this option you can show or hide ThemesGrove credit.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Footer Social&lt;/strong&gt; : Toggle this option to disable or enable social options on footer.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;
&lt;h3&gt;Import / Export&lt;/h3&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src=&quot;https://www.themexpert.com/images/docs/wordpress-themes/edumodo-new/imporr_t.png&quot; alt=&quot;Import / Export&quot; class=&quot;img-responsive&quot;&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;ul&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Import from file&lt;/strong&gt; : This button allows you to import your custom theme settings if you have preserved any.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Import from URL&lt;/strong&gt; : This button allows you to import your custom theme settings from URL.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Download Data File&lt;/strong&gt; : This button allows you to download the theme options as a &lt;strong&gt;.json&lt;/strong&gt; file for further use in any other wp-themes. You just have to import that .json file using the &lt;strong&gt;Import&lt;/strong&gt; button then.&lt;/li&gt;
&lt;/ul&gt;</content>
		<category term="Edumodo" />
	</entry>
</feed>
